8d2a799b8e3ea28d6a18aeba04b4480d548852b4
[gcc.git] / gcc / config / rs6000 / rs6000.c
1 /* Subroutines used for code generation on IBM RS/6000.
2 Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
3 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Richard Kenner (kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5
6 This file is part of GNU CC.
7
8 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
11 any later version.
12
13 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
20 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
21 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22
23 #include "config.h"
24 #include "system.h"
25 #include "rtl.h"
26 #include "regs.h"
27 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
28 #include "real.h"
29 #include "insn-config.h"
30 #include "conditions.h"
31 #include "insn-attr.h"
32 #include "flags.h"
33 #include "recog.h"
34 #include "obstack.h"
35 #include "tree.h"
36 #include "expr.h"
37 #include "except.h"
38 #include "function.h"
39 #include "output.h"
40 #include "basic-block.h"
41 #include "toplev.h"
42 #include "ggc.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "tm_p.h"
45
46 #ifndef TARGET_NO_PROTOTYPE
47 #define TARGET_NO_PROTOTYPE 0
48 #endif
49
50 extern int profile_block_flag;
51
52 #define min(A,B) ((A) < (B) ? (A) : (B))
53 #define max(A,B) ((A) > (B) ? (A) : (B))
54
55 /* Target cpu type */
56
57 enum processor_type rs6000_cpu;
58 struct rs6000_cpu_select rs6000_select[3] =
59 {
60 /* switch name, tune arch */
61 { (const char *)0, "--with-cpu=", 1, 1 },
62 { (const char *)0, "-mcpu=", 1, 1 },
63 { (const char *)0, "-mtune=", 1, 0 },
64 };
65
66 /* Set to non-zero once AIX common-mode calls have been defined. */
67 static int common_mode_defined;
68
69 /* Save information from a "cmpxx" operation until the branch or scc is
70 emitted. */
71 rtx rs6000_compare_op0, rs6000_compare_op1;
72 int rs6000_compare_fp_p;
73
74 /* Label number of label created for -mrelocatable, to call to so we can
75 get the address of the GOT section */
76 int rs6000_pic_labelno;
77
78 #ifdef USING_SVR4_H
79 /* Which abi to adhere to */
80 const char *rs6000_abi_name = RS6000_ABI_NAME;
81
82 /* Semantics of the small data area */
83 enum rs6000_sdata_type rs6000_sdata = SDATA_DATA;
84
85 /* Which small data model to use */
86 const char *rs6000_sdata_name = (char *)0;
87
88 /* Counter for labels which are to be placed in .fixup. */
89 int fixuplabelno = 0;
90 #endif
91
92 /* ABI enumeration available for subtarget to use. */
93 enum rs6000_abi rs6000_current_abi;
94
95 /* Debug flags */
96 const char *rs6000_debug_name;
97 int rs6000_debug_stack; /* debug stack applications */
98 int rs6000_debug_arg; /* debug argument handling */
99
100 /* Flag to say the TOC is initialized */
101 int toc_initialized;
102 char toc_label_name[10];
103
104 /* Alias set for saves and restores from the rs6000 stack. */
105 static int rs6000_sr_alias_set;
106
107 static void rs6000_add_gc_roots PARAMS ((void));
108 static int num_insns_constant_wide PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
109 static rtx expand_block_move_mem PARAMS ((enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx));
110 static void validate_condition_mode
111 PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode));
112 static rtx rs6000_generate_compare PARAMS ((enum rtx_code));
113 static void rs6000_maybe_dead PARAMS ((rtx));
114 static void rs6000_emit_stack_tie PARAMS ((void));
115 static void rs6000_frame_related PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx, rtx));
116 static void rs6000_emit_allocate_stack PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, int));
117 static unsigned rs6000_hash_constant PARAMS ((rtx));
118 static unsigned toc_hash_function PARAMS ((const void *));
119 static int toc_hash_eq PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
120 static int toc_hash_mark_entry PARAMS ((void **, void *));
121 static void toc_hash_mark_table PARAMS ((void *));
122 static int constant_pool_expr_1 PARAMS ((rtx, int *, int *));
123 static void rs6000_free_machine_status PARAMS ((struct function *));
124 static void rs6000_init_machine_status PARAMS ((struct function *));
125 static void rs6000_mark_machine_status PARAMS ((struct function *));
126 static int rs6000_ra_ever_killed PARAMS ((void));
127 \f
128 /* Default register names. */
129 char rs6000_reg_names[][8] =
130 {
131 "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7",
132 "8", "9", "10", "11", "12", "13", "14", "15",
133 "16", "17", "18", "19", "20", "21", "22", "23",
134 "24", "25", "26", "27", "28", "29", "30", "31",
135 "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7",
136 "8", "9", "10", "11", "12", "13", "14", "15",
137 "16", "17", "18", "19", "20", "21", "22", "23",
138 "24", "25", "26", "27", "28", "29", "30", "31",
139 "mq", "lr", "ctr","ap",
140 "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7",
141 "xer"
142 };
143
144 #ifdef TARGET_REGNAMES
145 static char alt_reg_names[][8] =
146 {
147 "%r0", "%r1", "%r2", "%r3", "%r4", "%r5", "%r6", "%r7",
148 "%r8", "%r9", "%r10", "%r11", "%r12", "%r13", "%r14", "%r15",
149 "%r16", "%r17", "%r18", "%r19", "%r20", "%r21", "%r22", "%r23",
150 "%r24", "%r25", "%r26", "%r27", "%r28", "%r29", "%r30", "%r31",
151 "%f0", "%f1", "%f2", "%f3", "%f4", "%f5", "%f6", "%f7",
152 "%f8", "%f9", "%f10", "%f11", "%f12", "%f13", "%f14", "%f15",
153 "%f16", "%f17", "%f18", "%f19", "%f20", "%f21", "%f22", "%f23",
154 "%f24", "%f25", "%f26", "%f27", "%f28", "%f29", "%f30", "%f31",
155 "mq", "lr", "ctr", "ap",
156 "%cr0", "%cr1", "%cr2", "%cr3", "%cr4", "%cr5", "%cr6", "%cr7",
157 "xer"
158 };
159 #endif
160 \f
161 #ifndef MASK_STRICT_ALIGN
162 #define MASK_STRICT_ALIGN 0
163 #endif
164
165 /* Override command line options. Mostly we process the processor
166 type and sometimes adjust other TARGET_ options. */
167
168 void
169 rs6000_override_options (default_cpu)
170 const char *default_cpu;
171 {
172 size_t i, j;
173 struct rs6000_cpu_select *ptr;
174
175 /* Simplify the entries below by making a mask for any POWER
176 variant and any PowerPC variant. */
177
178 #define POWER_MASKS (MASK_POWER | MASK_POWER2 | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING)
179 #define POWERPC_MASKS (MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GPOPT \
180 | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_POWERPC64)
181 #define POWERPC_OPT_MASKS (MASK_PPC_GPOPT | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT)
182
183 static struct ptt
184 {
185 const char *name; /* Canonical processor name. */
186 enum processor_type processor; /* Processor type enum value. */
187 int target_enable; /* Target flags to enable. */
188 int target_disable; /* Target flags to disable. */
189 } processor_target_table[]
190 = {{"common", PROCESSOR_COMMON, MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
191 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_MASKS},
192 {"power", PROCESSOR_POWER,
193 MASK_POWER | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING,
194 MASK_POWER2 | POWERPC_MASKS | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS},
195 {"power2", PROCESSOR_POWER,
196 MASK_POWER | MASK_POWER2 | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING,
197 POWERPC_MASKS | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS},
198 {"power3", PROCESSOR_PPC630,
199 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
200 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT},
201 {"powerpc", PROCESSOR_POWERPC,
202 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
203 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
204 {"powerpc64", PROCESSOR_POWERPC64,
205 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_POWERPC64 | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
206 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS},
207 {"rios", PROCESSOR_RIOS1,
208 MASK_POWER | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING,
209 MASK_POWER2 | POWERPC_MASKS | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS},
210 {"rios1", PROCESSOR_RIOS1,
211 MASK_POWER | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING,
212 MASK_POWER2 | POWERPC_MASKS | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS},
213 {"rsc", PROCESSOR_PPC601,
214 MASK_POWER | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING,
215 MASK_POWER2 | POWERPC_MASKS | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS},
216 {"rsc1", PROCESSOR_PPC601,
217 MASK_POWER | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING,
218 MASK_POWER2 | POWERPC_MASKS | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS},
219 {"rios2", PROCESSOR_RIOS2,
220 MASK_POWER | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING | MASK_POWER2,
221 POWERPC_MASKS | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS},
222 {"rs64a", PROCESSOR_RS64A,
223 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
224 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS},
225 {"401", PROCESSOR_PPC403,
226 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_SOFT_FLOAT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
227 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
228 {"403", PROCESSOR_PPC403,
229 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_SOFT_FLOAT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS | MASK_STRICT_ALIGN,
230 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
231 {"505", PROCESSOR_MPCCORE,
232 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
233 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
234 {"601", PROCESSOR_PPC601,
235 MASK_POWER | MASK_POWERPC | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS | MASK_MULTIPLE | MASK_STRING,
236 MASK_POWER2 | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
237 {"602", PROCESSOR_PPC603,
238 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
239 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT | MASK_POWERPC64},
240 {"603", PROCESSOR_PPC603,
241 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
242 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT | MASK_POWERPC64},
243 {"603e", PROCESSOR_PPC603,
244 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
245 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT | MASK_POWERPC64},
246 {"ec603e", PROCESSOR_PPC603,
247 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_SOFT_FLOAT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
248 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
249 {"604", PROCESSOR_PPC604,
250 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
251 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT | MASK_POWERPC64},
252 {"604e", PROCESSOR_PPC604e,
253 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
254 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT | MASK_POWERPC64},
255 {"620", PROCESSOR_PPC620,
256 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
257 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT},
258 {"630", PROCESSOR_PPC630,
259 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
260 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT},
261 {"740", PROCESSOR_PPC750,
262 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
263 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT | MASK_POWERPC64},
264 {"750", PROCESSOR_PPC750,
265 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_PPC_GFXOPT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
266 POWER_MASKS | MASK_PPC_GPOPT | MASK_POWERPC64},
267 {"801", PROCESSOR_MPCCORE,
268 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_SOFT_FLOAT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
269 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
270 {"821", PROCESSOR_MPCCORE,
271 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_SOFT_FLOAT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
272 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
273 {"823", PROCESSOR_MPCCORE,
274 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_SOFT_FLOAT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
275 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64},
276 {"860", PROCESSOR_MPCCORE,
277 MASK_POWERPC | MASK_SOFT_FLOAT | MASK_NEW_MNEMONICS,
278 POWER_MASKS | POWERPC_OPT_MASKS | MASK_POWERPC64}};
279
280 size_t ptt_size = sizeof (processor_target_table) / sizeof (struct ptt);
281
282 int multiple = TARGET_MULTIPLE; /* save current -mmultiple/-mno-multiple status */
283 int string = TARGET_STRING; /* save current -mstring/-mno-string status */
284
285 profile_block_flag = 0;
286
287 /* Identify the processor type */
288 rs6000_select[0].string = default_cpu;
289 rs6000_cpu = TARGET_POWERPC64 ? PROCESSOR_DEFAULT64 : PROCESSOR_DEFAULT;
290
291 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (rs6000_select); i++)
292 {
293 ptr = &rs6000_select[i];
294 if (ptr->string != (char *)0 && ptr->string[0] != '\0')
295 {
296 for (j = 0; j < ptt_size; j++)
297 if (! strcmp (ptr->string, processor_target_table[j].name))
298 {
299 if (ptr->set_tune_p)
300 rs6000_cpu = processor_target_table[j].processor;
301
302 if (ptr->set_arch_p)
303 {
304 target_flags |= processor_target_table[j].target_enable;
305 target_flags &= ~processor_target_table[j].target_disable;
306 }
307 break;
308 }
309
310 if (j == ptt_size)
311 error ("bad value (%s) for %s switch", ptr->string, ptr->name);
312 }
313 }
314
315 /* If we are optimizing big endian systems for space, use the
316 store multiple instructions. */
317 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && optimize_size)
318 target_flags |= MASK_MULTIPLE;
319
320 /* If -mmultiple or -mno-multiple was explicitly used, don't
321 override with the processor default */
322 if (TARGET_MULTIPLE_SET)
323 target_flags = (target_flags & ~MASK_MULTIPLE) | multiple;
324
325 /* If -mstring or -mno-string was explicitly used, don't
326 override with the processor default */
327 if (TARGET_STRING_SET)
328 target_flags = (target_flags & ~MASK_STRING) | string;
329
330 /* Don't allow -mmultiple or -mstring on little endian systems unless the cpu
331 is a 750, because the hardware doesn't support the instructions used in
332 little endian mode, and causes an alignment trap. The 750 does not cause
333 an alignment trap (except when the target is unaligned). */
334
335 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && rs6000_cpu != PROCESSOR_PPC750)
336 {
337 if (TARGET_MULTIPLE)
338 {
339 target_flags &= ~MASK_MULTIPLE;
340 if (TARGET_MULTIPLE_SET)
341 warning ("-mmultiple is not supported on little endian systems");
342 }
343
344 if (TARGET_STRING)
345 {
346 target_flags &= ~MASK_STRING;
347 if (TARGET_STRING_SET)
348 warning ("-mstring is not supported on little endian systems");
349 }
350 }
351
352 if (flag_pic && (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX))
353 {
354 warning ("-f%s ignored for AIX (all code is position independent)",
355 (flag_pic > 1) ? "PIC" : "pic");
356 flag_pic = 0;
357 }
358
359 if (flag_function_sections && (write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
360 && (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX))
361 {
362 warning ("-ffunction-sections disabled on AIX when debugging");
363 flag_function_sections = 0;
364 }
365
366 if (flag_data_sections && (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX))
367 {
368 warning ("-fdata-sections not supported on AIX");
369 flag_data_sections = 0;
370 }
371
372 /* Set debug flags */
373 if (rs6000_debug_name)
374 {
375 if (! strcmp (rs6000_debug_name, "all"))
376 rs6000_debug_stack = rs6000_debug_arg = 1;
377 else if (! strcmp (rs6000_debug_name, "stack"))
378 rs6000_debug_stack = 1;
379 else if (! strcmp (rs6000_debug_name, "arg"))
380 rs6000_debug_arg = 1;
381 else
382 error ("Unknown -mdebug-%s switch", rs6000_debug_name);
383 }
384
385 #ifdef TARGET_REGNAMES
386 /* If the user desires alternate register names, copy in the alternate names
387 now. */
388 if (TARGET_REGNAMES)
389 memcpy (rs6000_reg_names, alt_reg_names, sizeof (rs6000_reg_names));
390 #endif
391
392 #ifdef SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
393 SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS;
394 #endif
395
396 /* Register global variables with the garbage collector. */
397 rs6000_add_gc_roots ();
398
399 /* Allocate an alias set for register saves & restores from stack. */
400 rs6000_sr_alias_set = new_alias_set ();
401
402 if (TARGET_TOC)
403 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (toc_label_name, "LCTOC", 1);
404
405 /* Arrange to save and restore machine status around nested functions. */
406 init_machine_status = rs6000_init_machine_status;
407 mark_machine_status = rs6000_mark_machine_status;
408 free_machine_status = rs6000_free_machine_status;
409 }
410
411 void
412 optimization_options (level, size)
413 int level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
414 int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
415 {
416 }
417 \f
418 /* Do anything needed at the start of the asm file. */
419
420 void
421 rs6000_file_start (file, default_cpu)
422 FILE *file;
423 const char *default_cpu;
424 {
425 size_t i;
426 char buffer[80];
427 const char *start = buffer;
428 struct rs6000_cpu_select *ptr;
429
430 if (flag_verbose_asm)
431 {
432 sprintf (buffer, "\n%s rs6000/powerpc options:", ASM_COMMENT_START);
433 rs6000_select[0].string = default_cpu;
434
435 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (rs6000_select); i++)
436 {
437 ptr = &rs6000_select[i];
438 if (ptr->string != (char *)0 && ptr->string[0] != '\0')
439 {
440 fprintf (file, "%s %s%s", start, ptr->name, ptr->string);
441 start = "";
442 }
443 }
444
445 #ifdef USING_SVR4_H
446 switch (rs6000_sdata)
447 {
448 case SDATA_NONE: fprintf (file, "%s -msdata=none", start); start = ""; break;
449 case SDATA_DATA: fprintf (file, "%s -msdata=data", start); start = ""; break;
450 case SDATA_SYSV: fprintf (file, "%s -msdata=sysv", start); start = ""; break;
451 case SDATA_EABI: fprintf (file, "%s -msdata=eabi", start); start = ""; break;
452 }
453
454 if (rs6000_sdata && g_switch_value)
455 {
456 fprintf (file, "%s -G %d", start, g_switch_value);
457 start = "";
458 }
459 #endif
460
461 if (*start == '\0')
462 putc ('\n', file);
463 }
464 }
465
466 \f
467 /* Create a CONST_DOUBLE from a string. */
468
469 struct rtx_def *
470 rs6000_float_const (string, mode)
471 const char *string;
472 enum machine_mode mode;
473 {
474 REAL_VALUE_TYPE value;
475 value = REAL_VALUE_ATOF (string, mode);
476 return immed_real_const_1 (value, mode);
477 }
478 \f
479 /* Return non-zero if this function is known to have a null epilogue. */
480
481 int
482 direct_return ()
483 {
484 if (reload_completed)
485 {
486 rs6000_stack_t *info = rs6000_stack_info ();
487
488 if (info->first_gp_reg_save == 32
489 && info->first_fp_reg_save == 64
490 && ! info->lr_save_p
491 && ! info->cr_save_p
492 && ! info->push_p)
493 return 1;
494 }
495
496 return 0;
497 }
498
499 /* Returns 1 always. */
500
501 int
502 any_operand (op, mode)
503 register rtx op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
504 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
505 {
506 return 1;
507 }
508
509 /* Returns 1 if op is the count register */
510 int
511 count_register_operand(op, mode)
512 register rtx op;
513 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
514 {
515 if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
516 return 0;
517
518 if (REGNO (op) == COUNT_REGISTER_REGNUM)
519 return 1;
520
521 if (REGNO (op) > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
522 return 1;
523
524 return 0;
525 }
526
527 int
528 xer_operand(op, mode)
529 register rtx op;
530 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
531 {
532 if (GET_CODE (op) != REG)
533 return 0;
534
535 if (XER_REGNO_P (REGNO (op)))
536 return 1;
537
538 return 0;
539 }
540
541 /* Return 1 if OP is a constant that can fit in a D field. */
542
543 int
544 short_cint_operand (op, mode)
545 register rtx op;
546 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
547 {
548 return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
549 && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op), 'I'));
550 }
551
552 /* Similar for a unsigned D field. */
553
554 int
555 u_short_cint_operand (op, mode)
556 register rtx op;
557 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
558 {
559 return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
560 && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op), 'K'));
561 }
562
563 /* Return 1 if OP is a CONST_INT that cannot fit in a signed D field. */
564
565 int
566 non_short_cint_operand (op, mode)
567 register rtx op;
568 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
569 {
570 return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
571 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (INTVAL (op) + 0x8000) >= 0x10000);
572 }
573
574 /* Returns 1 if OP is a register that is not special (i.e., not MQ,
575 ctr, or lr). */
576
577 int
578 gpc_reg_operand (op, mode)
579 register rtx op;
580 enum machine_mode mode;
581 {
582 return (register_operand (op, mode)
583 && (GET_CODE (op) != REG
584 || (REGNO (op) >= ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
585 && !XER_REGNO_P (REGNO (op)))
586 || REGNO (op) < MQ_REGNO));
587 }
588
589 /* Returns 1 if OP is either a pseudo-register or a register denoting a
590 CR field. */
591
592 int
593 cc_reg_operand (op, mode)
594 register rtx op;
595 enum machine_mode mode;
596 {
597 return (register_operand (op, mode)
598 && (GET_CODE (op) != REG
599 || REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
600 || CR_REGNO_P (REGNO (op))));
601 }
602
603 /* Returns 1 if OP is either a pseudo-register or a register denoting a
604 CR field that isn't CR0. */
605
606 int
607 cc_reg_not_cr0_operand (op, mode)
608 register rtx op;
609 enum machine_mode mode;
610 {
611 return (register_operand (op, mode)
612 && (GET_CODE (op) != REG
613 || REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
614 || CR_REGNO_NOT_CR0_P (REGNO (op))));
615 }
616
617 /* Returns 1 if OP is either a constant integer valid for a D-field or a
618 non-special register. If a register, it must be in the proper mode unless
619 MODE is VOIDmode. */
620
621 int
622 reg_or_short_operand (op, mode)
623 register rtx op;
624 enum machine_mode mode;
625 {
626 return short_cint_operand (op, mode) || gpc_reg_operand (op, mode);
627 }
628
629 /* Similar, except check if the negation of the constant would be valid for
630 a D-field. */
631
632 int
633 reg_or_neg_short_operand (op, mode)
634 register rtx op;
635 enum machine_mode mode;
636 {
637 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
638 return CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op), 'P');
639
640 return gpc_reg_operand (op, mode);
641 }
642
643 /* Return 1 if the operand is either a register or an integer whose high-order
644 16 bits are zero. */
645
646 int
647 reg_or_u_short_operand (op, mode)
648 register rtx op;
649 enum machine_mode mode;
650 {
651 return u_short_cint_operand (op, mode) || gpc_reg_operand (op, mode);
652 }
653
654 /* Return 1 is the operand is either a non-special register or ANY
655 constant integer. */
656
657 int
658 reg_or_cint_operand (op, mode)
659 register rtx op;
660 enum machine_mode mode;
661 {
662 return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT || gpc_reg_operand (op, mode));
663 }
664
665 /* Return 1 is the operand is either a non-special register or ANY
666 32-bit signed constant integer. */
667
668 int
669 reg_or_arith_cint_operand (op, mode)
670 register rtx op;
671 enum machine_mode mode;
672 {
673 return (gpc_reg_operand (op, mode)
674 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
675 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != 32
676 && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (INTVAL (op) + 0x80000000)
677 < (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x100000000ll)
678 #endif
679 ));
680 }
681
682 /* Return 1 is the operand is either a non-special register or ANY
683 32-bit unsigned constant integer. */
684
685 int
686 reg_or_logical_cint_operand (op, mode)
687 register rtx op;
688 enum machine_mode mode;
689 {
690 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
691 {
692 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
693 {
694 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= 32)
695 abort();
696
697 if (INTVAL (op) < 0)
698 return 0;
699 }
700
701 return ((INTVAL (op) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode)
702 & (~ (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)) == 0);
703 }
704 else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
705 {
706 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
707 || mode != DImode)
708 abort();
709
710 return CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0;
711 }
712 else
713 return gpc_reg_operand (op, mode);
714 }
715
716 /* Return 1 if the operand is an operand that can be loaded via the GOT */
717
718 int
719 got_operand (op, mode)
720 register rtx op;
721 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
722 {
723 return (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF
724 || GET_CODE (op) == CONST
725 || GET_CODE (op) == LABEL_REF);
726 }
727
728 /* Return 1 if the operand is a simple references that can be loaded via
729 the GOT (labels involving addition aren't allowed). */
730
731 int
732 got_no_const_operand (op, mode)
733 register rtx op;
734 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
735 {
736 return (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (op) == LABEL_REF);
737 }
738
739 /* Return the number of instructions it takes to form a constant in an
740 integer register. */
741
742 static int
743 num_insns_constant_wide (value)
744 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
745 {
746 /* signed constant loadable with {cal|addi} */
747 if (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (value, 'I'))
748 return 1;
749
750 /* constant loadable with {cau|addis} */
751 else if (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (value, 'L'))
752 return 1;
753
754 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
755 else if (TARGET_POWERPC64)
756 {
757 HOST_WIDE_INT low = value & 0xffffffff;
758 HOST_WIDE_INT high = value >> 32;
759
760 low = (low ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; /* sign extend */
761
762 if (high == 0 && (low & 0x80000000) == 0)
763 return 2;
764
765 else if (high == -1 && (low & 0x80000000) != 0)
766 return 2;
767
768 else if (! low)
769 return num_insns_constant_wide (high) + 1;
770
771 else
772 return (num_insns_constant_wide (high)
773 + num_insns_constant_wide (low) + 1);
774 }
775 #endif
776
777 else
778 return 2;
779 }
780
781 int
782 num_insns_constant (op, mode)
783 rtx op;
784 enum machine_mode mode;
785 {
786 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
787 {
788 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
789 if (mask64_operand (op, mode))
790 return 2;
791 else
792 #endif
793 return num_insns_constant_wide (INTVAL (op));
794 }
795
796 else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE && mode == SFmode)
797 {
798 long l;
799 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
800
801 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, op);
802 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, l);
803 return num_insns_constant_wide ((HOST_WIDE_INT)l);
804 }
805
806 else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
807 {
808 HOST_WIDE_INT low;
809 HOST_WIDE_INT high;
810 long l[2];
811 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
812 int endian = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == 0);
813
814 if (mode == VOIDmode || mode == DImode)
815 {
816 high = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
817 low = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op);
818 }
819 else
820 {
821 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, op);
822 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, l);
823 high = l[endian];
824 low = l[1 - endian];
825 }
826
827 if (TARGET_32BIT)
828 return (num_insns_constant_wide (low)
829 + num_insns_constant_wide (high));
830
831 else
832 {
833 if (high == 0 && (low & 0x80000000) == 0)
834 return num_insns_constant_wide (low);
835
836 else if (high == -1 && (low & 0x80000000) != 0)
837 return num_insns_constant_wide (low);
838
839 else if (mask64_operand (op, mode))
840 return 2;
841
842 else if (low == 0)
843 return num_insns_constant_wide (high) + 1;
844
845 else
846 return (num_insns_constant_wide (high)
847 + num_insns_constant_wide (low) + 1);
848 }
849 }
850
851 else
852 abort ();
853 }
854
855 /* Return 1 if the operand is a CONST_DOUBLE and it can be put into a register
856 with one instruction per word. We only do this if we can safely read
857 CONST_DOUBLE_{LOW,HIGH}. */
858
859 int
860 easy_fp_constant (op, mode)
861 register rtx op;
862 register enum machine_mode mode;
863 {
864 if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_DOUBLE
865 || GET_MODE (op) != mode
866 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT && mode != DImode))
867 return 0;
868
869 /* Consider all constants with -msoft-float to be easy */
870 if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT && mode != DImode)
871 return 1;
872
873 /* If we are using V.4 style PIC, consider all constants to be hard */
874 if (flag_pic && (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS))
875 return 0;
876
877 #ifdef TARGET_RELOCATABLE
878 /* Similarly if we are using -mrelocatable, consider all constants to be hard */
879 if (TARGET_RELOCATABLE)
880 return 0;
881 #endif
882
883 if (mode == DFmode)
884 {
885 long k[2];
886 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
887
888 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, op);
889 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, k);
890
891 return (num_insns_constant_wide ((HOST_WIDE_INT)k[0]) == 1
892 && num_insns_constant_wide ((HOST_WIDE_INT)k[1]) == 1);
893 }
894
895 else if (mode == SFmode)
896 {
897 long l;
898 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
899
900 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, op);
901 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, l);
902
903 return num_insns_constant_wide (l) == 1;
904 }
905
906 else if (mode == DImode)
907 return ((TARGET_POWERPC64
908 && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) == 0)
909 || (num_insns_constant (op, DImode) <= 2));
910
911 else if (mode == SImode)
912 return 1;
913 else
914 abort ();
915 }
916
917 /* Return 1 if the operand is in volatile memory. Note that during the
918 RTL generation phase, memory_operand does not return TRUE for
919 volatile memory references. So this function allows us to
920 recognize volatile references where its safe. */
921
922 int
923 volatile_mem_operand (op, mode)
924 register rtx op;
925 enum machine_mode mode;
926 {
927 if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
928 return 0;
929
930 if (!MEM_VOLATILE_P (op))
931 return 0;
932
933 if (mode != GET_MODE (op))
934 return 0;
935
936 if (reload_completed)
937 return memory_operand (op, mode);
938
939 if (reload_in_progress)
940 return strict_memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (op, 0));
941
942 return memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (op, 0));
943 }
944
945 /* Return 1 if the operand is an offsettable memory operand. */
946
947 int
948 offsettable_mem_operand (op, mode)
949 register rtx op;
950 enum machine_mode mode;
951 {
952 return ((GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
953 && offsettable_address_p (reload_completed || reload_in_progress,
954 mode, XEXP (op, 0)));
955 }
956
957 /* Return 1 if the operand is either an easy FP constant (see above) or
958 memory. */
959
960 int
961 mem_or_easy_const_operand (op, mode)
962 register rtx op;
963 enum machine_mode mode;
964 {
965 return memory_operand (op, mode) || easy_fp_constant (op, mode);
966 }
967
968 /* Return 1 if the operand is either a non-special register or an item
969 that can be used as the operand of a `mode' add insn. */
970
971 int
972 add_operand (op, mode)
973 register rtx op;
974 enum machine_mode mode;
975 {
976 return (reg_or_short_operand (op, mode)
977 || (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
978 && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op), 'L')));
979 }
980
981 /* Return 1 if OP is a constant but not a valid add_operand. */
982
983 int
984 non_add_cint_operand (op, mode)
985 register rtx op;
986 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
987 {
988 return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
989 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (INTVAL (op) + 0x8000) >= 0x10000
990 && ! CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (op), 'L'));
991 }
992
993 /* Return 1 if the operand is a non-special register or a constant that
994 can be used as the operand of an OR or XOR insn on the RS/6000. */
995
996 int
997 logical_operand (op, mode)
998 register rtx op;
999 enum machine_mode mode;
1000 {
1001 /* an unsigned representation of 'op'. */
1002 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opl, oph;
1003
1004 if (gpc_reg_operand (op, mode))
1005 return 1;
1006
1007 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
1008 opl = INTVAL (op);
1009 else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
1010 {
1011 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
1012 abort();
1013
1014 opl = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op);
1015 oph = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
1016
1017 if (oph != ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)0
1018 - ((opl & ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)1
1019 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1))) != 0)))
1020 return 0;
1021 }
1022 else
1023 return 0;
1024
1025 /* This must really be SImode, not MODE. */
1026 if (opl != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) trunc_int_for_mode (opl, SImode))
1027 return 0;
1028
1029 return ((opl & 0xffff) == 0
1030 || (opl & ~ (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffff) == 0);
1031 }
1032
1033 /* Return 1 if C is a constant that is not a logical operand (as
1034 above), but could be split into one. */
1035
1036 int
1037 non_logical_cint_operand (op, mode)
1038 register rtx op;
1039 enum machine_mode mode;
1040 {
1041 return ((GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
1042 && ! logical_operand (op, mode)
1043 && reg_or_logical_cint_operand (op, mode));
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Return 1 if C is a constant that can be encoded in a 32-bit mask on the
1047 RS/6000. It is if there are no more than two 1->0 or 0->1 transitions.
1048 Reject all ones and all zeros, since these should have been optimized
1049 away and confuse the making of MB and ME. */
1050
1051 int
1052 mask_operand (op, mode)
1053 register rtx op;
1054 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1055 {
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT c;
1057 int i;
1058 int last_bit_value;
1059 int transitions = 0;
1060
1061 if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
1062 return 0;
1063
1064 c = INTVAL (op);
1065
1066 if (c == 0 || c == ~0)
1067 return 0;
1068
1069 last_bit_value = c & 1;
1070
1071 for (i = 1; i < 32; i++)
1072 if (((c >>= 1) & 1) != last_bit_value)
1073 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1074
1075 return transitions <= 2;
1076 }
1077
1078 /* Return 1 if the operand is a constant that is a PowerPC64 mask.
1079 It is if there are no more than one 1->0 or 0->1 transitions.
1080 Reject all ones and all zeros, since these should have been optimized
1081 away and confuse the making of MB and ME. */
1082
1083 int
1084 mask64_operand (op, mode)
1085 register rtx op;
1086 enum machine_mode mode;
1087 {
1088 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
1089 {
1090 HOST_WIDE_INT c = INTVAL (op);
1091 int i;
1092 int last_bit_value;
1093 int transitions = 0;
1094
1095 if (c == 0 || c == ~0)
1096 return 0;
1097
1098 last_bit_value = c & 1;
1099
1100 for (i = 1; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
1101 if (((c >>= 1) & 1) != last_bit_value)
1102 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1103
1104 return transitions <= 1;
1105 }
1106 else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
1107 && (mode == VOIDmode || mode == DImode))
1108 {
1109 HOST_WIDE_INT low = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op);
1110 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1111 HOST_WIDE_INT high = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
1112 #endif
1113 int i;
1114 int last_bit_value;
1115 int transitions = 0;
1116
1117 if ((low == 0
1118 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1119 && high == 0
1120 #endif
1121 )
1122 || (low == ~0
1123 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1124 && high == ~0
1125 #endif
1126 ))
1127 return 0;
1128
1129 last_bit_value = low & 1;
1130
1131 for (i = 1; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
1132 if (((low >>= 1) & 1) != last_bit_value)
1133 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1134
1135 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1136 if ((high & 1) != last_bit_value)
1137 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1138
1139 for (i = 1; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
1140 if (((high >>= 1) & 1) != last_bit_value)
1141 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1142 #endif
1143
1144 return transitions <= 1;
1145 }
1146 else
1147 return 0;
1148 }
1149
1150 /* Return 1 if the operand is a constant that is a PowerPC64 mask.
1151 It is if there are no more than two 1->0 or 0->1 transitions.
1152 Reject all ones and all zeros, since these should have been optimized
1153 away and confuse the making of MB and ME. */
1154
1155 int
1156 rldic_operand (op, mode)
1157 register rtx op;
1158 enum machine_mode mode;
1159 {
1160 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
1161 {
1162 HOST_WIDE_INT c = INTVAL (op);
1163 int i;
1164 int last_bit_value;
1165 int transitions = 0;
1166
1167 if (c == 0 || c == ~0)
1168 return 0;
1169
1170 last_bit_value = c & 1;
1171
1172 for (i = 1; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
1173 if (((c >>= 1) & 1) != last_bit_value)
1174 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1175
1176 return transitions <= 2;
1177 }
1178 else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
1179 && (mode == VOIDmode || mode == DImode))
1180 {
1181 HOST_WIDE_INT low = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op);
1182 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1183 HOST_WIDE_INT high = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
1184 #endif
1185 int i;
1186 int last_bit_value;
1187 int transitions = 0;
1188
1189 if ((low == 0
1190 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1191 && high == 0
1192 #endif
1193 )
1194 || (low == ~0
1195 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1196 && high == ~0
1197 #endif
1198 ))
1199 return 0;
1200
1201 last_bit_value = low & 1;
1202
1203 for (i = 1; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
1204 if (((low >>= 1) & 1) != last_bit_value)
1205 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1206
1207 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1208 if ((high & 1) != last_bit_value)
1209 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1210
1211 for (i = 1; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
1212 if (((high >>= 1) & 1) != last_bit_value)
1213 last_bit_value ^= 1, transitions++;
1214 #endif
1215
1216 return transitions <= 2;
1217 }
1218 else
1219 return 0;
1220 }
1221
1222 /* Return 1 if the operand is either a non-special register or a constant
1223 that can be used as the operand of a PowerPC64 logical AND insn. */
1224
1225 int
1226 and64_operand (op, mode)
1227 register rtx op;
1228 enum machine_mode mode;
1229 {
1230 if (fixed_regs[CR0_REGNO]) /* CR0 not available, don't do andi./andis. */
1231 return (gpc_reg_operand (op, mode) || mask64_operand (op, mode));
1232
1233 return (logical_operand (op, mode) || mask64_operand (op, mode));
1234 }
1235
1236 /* Return 1 if the operand is either a non-special register or a
1237 constant that can be used as the operand of an RS/6000 logical AND insn. */
1238
1239 int
1240 and_operand (op, mode)
1241 register rtx op;
1242 enum machine_mode mode;
1243 {
1244 if (fixed_regs[CR0_REGNO]) /* CR0 not available, don't do andi./andis. */
1245 return (gpc_reg_operand (op, mode) || mask_operand (op, mode));
1246
1247 return (logical_operand (op, mode) || mask_operand (op, mode));
1248 }
1249
1250 /* Return 1 if the operand is a general register or memory operand. */
1251
1252 int
1253 reg_or_mem_operand (op, mode)
1254 register rtx op;
1255 register enum machine_mode mode;
1256 {
1257 return (gpc_reg_operand (op, mode)
1258 || memory_operand (op, mode)
1259 || volatile_mem_operand (op, mode));
1260 }
1261
1262 /* Return 1 if the operand is a general register or memory operand without
1263 pre_inc or pre_dec which produces invalid form of PowerPC lwa
1264 instruction. */
1265
1266 int
1267 lwa_operand (op, mode)
1268 register rtx op;
1269 register enum machine_mode mode;
1270 {
1271 rtx inner = op;
1272
1273 if (reload_completed && GET_CODE (inner) == SUBREG)
1274 inner = SUBREG_REG (inner);
1275
1276 return gpc_reg_operand (inner, mode)
1277 || (memory_operand (inner, mode)
1278 && GET_CODE (XEXP (inner, 0)) != PRE_INC
1279 && GET_CODE (XEXP (inner, 0)) != PRE_DEC);
1280 }
1281
1282 /* Return 1 if the operand, used inside a MEM, is a valid first argument
1283 to CALL. This is a SYMBOL_REF or a pseudo-register, which will be
1284 forced to lr. */
1285
1286 int
1287 call_operand (op, mode)
1288 register rtx op;
1289 enum machine_mode mode;
1290 {
1291 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op) != mode)
1292 return 0;
1293
1294 return (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF
1295 || (GET_CODE (op) == REG && REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
1296 }
1297
1298
1299 /* Return 1 if the operand is a SYMBOL_REF for a function known to be in
1300 this file and the function is not weakly defined. */
1301
1302 int
1303 current_file_function_operand (op, mode)
1304 register rtx op;
1305 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1306 {
1307 return (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF
1308 && (SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (op)
1309 || (op == XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0)
1310 && ! DECL_WEAK (current_function_decl))));
1311 }
1312
1313
1314 /* Return 1 if this operand is a valid input for a move insn. */
1315
1316 int
1317 input_operand (op, mode)
1318 register rtx op;
1319 enum machine_mode mode;
1320 {
1321 /* Memory is always valid. */
1322 if (memory_operand (op, mode))
1323 return 1;
1324
1325 /* Only a tiny bit of handling for CONSTANT_P_RTX is necessary. */
1326 if (GET_CODE (op) == CONSTANT_P_RTX)
1327 return 1;
1328
1329 /* For floating-point, easy constants are valid. */
1330 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
1331 && CONSTANT_P (op)
1332 && easy_fp_constant (op, mode))
1333 return 1;
1334
1335 /* Allow any integer constant. */
1336 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
1337 && (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
1338 || GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE))
1339 return 1;
1340
1341 /* For floating-point or multi-word mode, the only remaining valid type
1342 is a register. */
1343 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
1344 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
1345 return register_operand (op, mode);
1346
1347 /* The only cases left are integral modes one word or smaller (we
1348 do not get called for MODE_CC values). These can be in any
1349 register. */
1350 if (register_operand (op, mode))
1351 return 1;
1352
1353 /* A SYMBOL_REF referring to the TOC is valid. */
1354 if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (op))
1355 return 1;
1356
1357 /* A constant pool expression (relative to the TOC) is valid */
1358 if (TOC_RELATIVE_EXPR_P (op))
1359 return 1;
1360
1361 /* V.4 allows SYMBOL_REFs and CONSTs that are in the small data region
1362 to be valid. */
1363 if ((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
1364 && (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (op) == CONST)
1365 && small_data_operand (op, Pmode))
1366 return 1;
1367
1368 return 0;
1369 }
1370
1371 /* Return 1 for an operand in small memory on V.4/eabi */
1372
1373 int
1374 small_data_operand (op, mode)
1375 rtx op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1376 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1377 {
1378 #if TARGET_ELF
1379 rtx sym_ref;
1380
1381 if (rs6000_sdata == SDATA_NONE || rs6000_sdata == SDATA_DATA)
1382 return 0;
1383
1384 if (DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_V4 && DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_SOLARIS)
1385 return 0;
1386
1387 if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF)
1388 sym_ref = op;
1389
1390 else if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST
1391 || GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) != PLUS
1392 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
1393 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1394 return 0;
1395
1396 else
1397 {
1398 rtx sum = XEXP (op, 0);
1399 HOST_WIDE_INT summand;
1400
1401 /* We have to be careful here, because it is the referenced address
1402 that must be 32k from _SDA_BASE_, not just the symbol. */
1403 summand = INTVAL (XEXP (sum, 1));
1404 if (summand < 0 || summand > g_switch_value)
1405 return 0;
1406
1407 sym_ref = XEXP (sum, 0);
1408 }
1409
1410 if (*XSTR (sym_ref, 0) != '@')
1411 return 0;
1412
1413 return 1;
1414
1415 #else
1416 return 0;
1417 #endif
1418 }
1419 \f
1420 static int
1421 constant_pool_expr_1 (op, have_sym, have_toc)
1422 rtx op;
1423 int *have_sym;
1424 int *have_toc;
1425 {
1426 switch (GET_CODE(op))
1427 {
1428 case SYMBOL_REF:
1429 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (op))
1430 {
1431 if (ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY_P (get_pool_constant (op), Pmode))
1432 {
1433 *have_sym = 1;
1434 return 1;
1435 }
1436 else
1437 return 0;
1438 }
1439 else if (! strcmp (XSTR (op, 0), toc_label_name))
1440 {
1441 *have_toc = 1;
1442 return 1;
1443 }
1444 else
1445 return 0;
1446 case PLUS:
1447 case MINUS:
1448 return constant_pool_expr_1 (XEXP (op, 0), have_sym, have_toc) &&
1449 constant_pool_expr_1 (XEXP (op, 1), have_sym, have_toc);
1450 case CONST:
1451 return constant_pool_expr_1 (XEXP (op, 0), have_sym, have_toc);
1452 case CONST_INT:
1453 return 1;
1454 default:
1455 return 0;
1456 }
1457 }
1458
1459 int
1460 constant_pool_expr_p (op)
1461 rtx op;
1462 {
1463 int have_sym = 0;
1464 int have_toc = 0;
1465 return constant_pool_expr_1 (op, &have_sym, &have_toc) && have_sym;
1466 }
1467
1468 int
1469 toc_relative_expr_p (op)
1470 rtx op;
1471 {
1472 int have_sym = 0;
1473 int have_toc = 0;
1474 return constant_pool_expr_1 (op, &have_sym, &have_toc) && have_toc;
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address
1478 to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address.
1479 This is used from only one place: `memory_address' in explow.c.
1480
1481 OLDX is the address as it was before break_out_memory_refs was called.
1482 In some cases it is useful to look at this to decide what needs to be done.
1483
1484 MODE is passed so that this macro can use GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS.
1485
1486 It is always safe for this macro to do nothing. It exists to recognize
1487 opportunities to optimize the output.
1488
1489 On RS/6000, first check for the sum of a register with a constant
1490 integer that is out of range. If so, generate code to add the
1491 constant with the low-order 16 bits masked to the register and force
1492 this result into another register (this can be done with `cau').
1493 Then generate an address of REG+(CONST&0xffff), allowing for the
1494 possibility of bit 16 being a one.
1495
1496 Then check for the sum of a register and something not constant, try to
1497 load the other things into a register and return the sum. */
1498 rtx
1499 rs6000_legitimize_address (x, oldx, mode)
1500 rtx x;
1501 rtx oldx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1502 enum machine_mode mode;
1503 {
1504 if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
1505 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
1506 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
1507 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) + 0x8000) >= 0x10000)
1508 {
1509 HOST_WIDE_INT high_int, low_int;
1510 rtx sum;
1511 high_int = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & (~ (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffff);
1512 low_int = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & 0xffff;
1513 if (low_int & 0x8000)
1514 high_int += 0x10000, low_int |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) -1) << 16;
1515 sum = force_operand (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0),
1516 GEN_INT (high_int)), 0);
1517 return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, sum, GEN_INT (low_int));
1518 }
1519 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
1520 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
1521 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT
1522 && (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT || TARGET_POWERPC64 || mode != DFmode)
1523 && (TARGET_POWERPC64 || mode != DImode)
1524 && mode != TImode)
1525 {
1526 return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0),
1527 force_reg (Pmode, force_operand (XEXP (x, 1), 0)));
1528 }
1529 else if (TARGET_ELF && TARGET_32BIT && TARGET_NO_TOC && ! flag_pic
1530 && GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT
1531 && GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE
1532 && CONSTANT_P (x)
1533 && (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT || mode != DFmode)
1534 && mode != DImode
1535 && mode != TImode)
1536 {
1537 rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
1538 emit_insn (gen_elf_high (reg, (x)));
1539 return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, reg, (x));
1540 }
1541 else if (TARGET_MACHO && TARGET_32BIT && TARGET_NO_TOC
1542 && ! flag_pic
1543 && GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT
1544 && GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE
1545 && CONSTANT_P (x)
1546 && (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT || mode != DFmode)
1547 && mode != DImode
1548 && mode != TImode)
1549 {
1550 rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
1551 emit_insn (gen_macho_high (reg, (x)));
1552 return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, reg, (x));
1553 }
1554 else if (TARGET_TOC
1555 && CONSTANT_POOL_EXPR_P (x)
1556 && ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY_P (get_pool_constant (x), Pmode))
1557 {
1558 return create_TOC_reference (x);
1559 }
1560 else
1561 return NULL_RTX;
1562 }
1563
1564 /* GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS recognizes an RTL expression
1565 that is a valid memory address for an instruction.
1566 The MODE argument is the machine mode for the MEM expression
1567 that wants to use this address.
1568
1569 On the RS/6000, there are four valid address: a SYMBOL_REF that
1570 refers to a constant pool entry of an address (or the sum of it
1571 plus a constant), a short (16-bit signed) constant plus a register,
1572 the sum of two registers, or a register indirect, possibly with an
1573 auto-increment. For DFmode and DImode with an constant plus register,
1574 we must ensure that both words are addressable or PowerPC64 with offset
1575 word aligned.
1576
1577 For modes spanning multiple registers (DFmode in 32-bit GPRs,
1578 32-bit DImode, TImode), indexed addressing cannot be used because
1579 adjacent memory cells are accessed by adding word-sized offsets
1580 during assembly output. */
1581 int
1582 rs6000_legitimate_address (mode, x, reg_ok_strict)
1583 enum machine_mode mode;
1584 rtx x;
1585 int reg_ok_strict;
1586 {
1587 if (LEGITIMATE_INDIRECT_ADDRESS_P (x, reg_ok_strict))
1588 return 1;
1589 if ((GET_CODE (x) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (x) == PRE_DEC)
1590 && TARGET_UPDATE
1591 && LEGITIMATE_INDIRECT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0), reg_ok_strict))
1592 return 1;
1593 if (LEGITIMATE_SMALL_DATA_P (mode, x))
1594 return 1;
1595 if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
1596 return 1;
1597 /* If not REG_OK_STRICT (before reload) let pass any stack offset. */
1598 if (! reg_ok_strict
1599 && GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
1600 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
1601 && XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx
1602 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1603 return 1;
1604 if (LEGITIMATE_OFFSET_ADDRESS_P (mode, x, reg_ok_strict))
1605 return 1;
1606 if (mode != TImode
1607 && (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT || TARGET_POWERPC64 || mode != DFmode)
1608 && (TARGET_POWERPC64 || mode != DImode)
1609 && LEGITIMATE_INDEXED_ADDRESS_P (x, reg_ok_strict))
1610 return 1;
1611 if (LEGITIMATE_LO_SUM_ADDRESS_P (mode, x, reg_ok_strict))
1612 return 1;
1613 return 0;
1614 }
1615 \f
1616 /* Emit a move from SOURCE to DEST in mode MODE. */
1617 void
1618 rs6000_emit_move (dest, source, mode)
1619 rtx dest;
1620 rtx source;
1621 enum machine_mode mode;
1622 {
1623 rtx operands[2];
1624 operands[0] = dest;
1625 operands[1] = source;
1626
1627 /* Sanity checks. Check that we get CONST_DOUBLE only when we should. */
1628 if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE
1629 && ! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
1630 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
1631 {
1632 /* FIXME. This should never happen. */
1633 /* Since it seems that it does, do the safe thing and convert
1634 to a CONST_INT. */
1635 operands[1] =
1636 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (operands[1]), mode));
1637 }
1638 if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE
1639 && ! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
1640 && ((CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (operands[1]) == 0
1641 && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (operands[1]) >= 0)
1642 || (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (operands[1]) == -1
1643 && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (operands[1]) < 0)))
1644 abort ();
1645
1646 if (! no_new_pseudos && GET_CODE (operands[0]) != REG)
1647 operands[1] = force_reg (mode, operands[1]);
1648
1649 if (mode == SFmode && ! TARGET_POWERPC && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
1650 && GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
1651 {
1652 int regnum;
1653
1654 if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
1655 regnum = true_regnum (operands[1]);
1656 else if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG)
1657 regnum = REGNO (operands[1]);
1658 else
1659 regnum = -1;
1660
1661 /* If operands[1] is a register, on POWER it may have
1662 double-precision data in it, so truncate it to single
1663 precision. */
1664 if (FP_REGNO_P (regnum) || regnum >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1665 {
1666 rtx newreg;
1667 newreg = (no_new_pseudos ? operands[1] : gen_reg_rtx (mode));
1668 emit_insn (gen_aux_truncdfsf2 (newreg, operands[1]));
1669 operands[1] = newreg;
1670 }
1671 }
1672
1673 /* Handle the case where reload calls us with an invalid address;
1674 and the case of CONSTANT_P_RTX. */
1675 if (! general_operand (operands[1], mode)
1676 || ! nonimmediate_operand (operands[0], mode)
1677 || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONSTANT_P_RTX)
1678 {
1679 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], operands[1]));
1680 return;
1681 }
1682
1683 /* FIXME: In the long term, this switch statement should go away
1684 and be replaced by a sequence of tests based on things like
1685 mode == Pmode. */
1686 switch (mode)
1687 {
1688 case HImode:
1689 case QImode:
1690 if (CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
1691 && GET_CODE (operands[1]) != CONST_INT)
1692 operands[1] = force_const_mem (mode, operands[1]);
1693 break;
1694
1695 case DFmode:
1696 case SFmode:
1697 if (CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
1698 && ! easy_fp_constant (operands[1], mode))
1699 operands[1] = force_const_mem (mode, operands[1]);
1700 break;
1701
1702 case SImode:
1703 case DImode:
1704 /* Use default pattern for address of ELF small data */
1705 if (TARGET_ELF
1706 && mode == Pmode
1707 && (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
1708 && (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SYMBOL_REF
1709 || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST)
1710 && small_data_operand (operands[1], mode))
1711 {
1712 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], operands[1]));
1713 return;
1714 }
1715
1716 if ((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
1717 && mode == Pmode && mode == SImode
1718 && flag_pic == 1 && got_operand (operands[1], mode))
1719 {
1720 emit_insn (gen_movsi_got (operands[0], operands[1]));
1721 return;
1722 }
1723
1724 if ((TARGET_ELF || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN)
1725 && TARGET_NO_TOC && ! flag_pic
1726 && mode == Pmode
1727 && CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
1728 && GET_CODE (operands[1]) != HIGH
1729 && GET_CODE (operands[1]) != CONST_INT)
1730 {
1731 rtx target = (no_new_pseudos ? operands[0] : gen_reg_rtx (mode));
1732
1733 /* If this is a function address on -mcall-aixdesc,
1734 convert it to the address of the descriptor. */
1735 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX
1736 && GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SYMBOL_REF
1737 && XSTR (operands[1], 0)[0] == '.')
1738 {
1739 const char *name = XSTR (operands[1], 0);
1740 rtx new_ref;
1741 while (*name == '.')
1742 name++;
1743 new_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
1744 CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (new_ref)
1745 = CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (operands[1]);
1746 SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (new_ref) = SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (operands[1]);
1747 SYMBOL_REF_USED (new_ref) = SYMBOL_REF_USED (operands[1]);
1748 operands[1] = new_ref;
1749 }
1750
1751 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN)
1752 {
1753 emit_insn (gen_macho_high (target, operands[1]));
1754 emit_insn (gen_macho_low (operands[0], target, operands[1]));
1755 return;
1756 }
1757
1758 emit_insn (gen_elf_high (target, operands[1]));
1759 emit_insn (gen_elf_low (operands[0], target, operands[1]));
1760 return;
1761 }
1762
1763 /* If this is a SYMBOL_REF that refers to a constant pool entry,
1764 and we have put it in the TOC, we just need to make a TOC-relative
1765 reference to it. */
1766 if (TARGET_TOC
1767 && GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SYMBOL_REF
1768 && CONSTANT_POOL_EXPR_P (operands[1])
1769 && ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY_P (get_pool_constant (operands[1]),
1770 get_pool_mode (operands[1])))
1771 {
1772 operands[1] = create_TOC_reference (operands[1]);
1773 }
1774 else if (mode == Pmode
1775 && CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
1776 && ((GET_CODE (operands[1]) != CONST_INT
1777 && ! easy_fp_constant (operands[1], mode))
1778 || (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT
1779 && num_insns_constant (operands[1], mode) > 2)
1780 || (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == REG
1781 && FP_REGNO_P (REGNO (operands[0]))))
1782 && GET_CODE (operands[1]) != HIGH
1783 && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (operands[1])
1784 && ! TOC_RELATIVE_EXPR_P (operands[1]))
1785 {
1786 /* Emit a USE operation so that the constant isn't deleted if
1787 expensive optimizations are turned on because nobody
1788 references it. This should only be done for operands that
1789 contain SYMBOL_REFs with CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P set.
1790 This should not be done for operands that contain LABEL_REFs.
1791 For now, we just handle the obvious case. */
1792 if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != LABEL_REF)
1793 emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, operands[1]));
1794
1795 /* Darwin uses a special PIC legitimizer. */
1796 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN && flag_pic)
1797 {
1798 #if TARGET_MACHO
1799 rtx temp_reg = ((reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
1800 ? operands[0] : NULL);
1801
1802 operands[1] =
1803 rs6000_machopic_legitimize_pic_address (operands[1], mode,
1804 temp_reg);
1805 #endif
1806 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], operands[1]));
1807 return;
1808 }
1809
1810 /* If we are to limit the number of things we put in the TOC and
1811 this is a symbol plus a constant we can add in one insn,
1812 just put the symbol in the TOC and add the constant. Don't do
1813 this if reload is in progress. */
1814 if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST
1815 && TARGET_NO_SUM_IN_TOC && ! reload_in_progress
1816 && GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == PLUS
1817 && add_operand (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1), mode)
1818 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
1819 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
1820 && ! side_effects_p (operands[0]))
1821 {
1822 rtx sym = force_const_mem (mode, XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 0));
1823 rtx other = XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1);
1824
1825 sym = force_reg (mode, sym);
1826 if (mode == SImode)
1827 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (operands[0], sym, other));
1828 else
1829 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (operands[0], sym, other));
1830 return;
1831 }
1832
1833 operands[1] = force_const_mem (mode, operands[1]);
1834
1835 if (TARGET_TOC
1836 && CONSTANT_POOL_EXPR_P (XEXP (operands[1], 0))
1837 && ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY_P (
1838 get_pool_constant (XEXP (operands[1], 0)),
1839 get_pool_mode (XEXP (operands[1], 0))))
1840 {
1841 operands[1] = gen_rtx_MEM (mode,
1842 create_TOC_reference (XEXP (operands[1], 0)));
1843 MEM_ALIAS_SET (operands[1]) = get_TOC_alias_set ();
1844 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (operands[1]) = 1;
1845 }
1846 }
1847 break;
1848
1849 case TImode:
1850 if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM
1851 && GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) != REG
1852 && ! reload_in_progress)
1853 operands[0] = change_address (operands[0], TImode,
1854 copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (operands[0], 0)));
1855
1856 if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM
1857 && GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) != REG
1858 && ! reload_in_progress)
1859 operands[1] = change_address (operands[1], TImode,
1860 copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (operands[1], 0)));
1861 break;
1862
1863 default:
1864 abort ();
1865 }
1866
1867 /* Above, we may have called force_const_mem which may have returned
1868 an invalid address. If we can, fix this up; otherwise, reload will
1869 have to deal with it. */
1870 if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM
1871 && ! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (operands[1], 0))
1872 && ! reload_in_progress)
1873 operands[1] = change_address (operands[1], mode,
1874 XEXP (operands[1], 0));
1875
1876 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], operands[1]));
1877 return;
1878 }
1879 \f
1880 /* Initialize a variable CUM of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS
1881 for a call to a function whose data type is FNTYPE.
1882 For a library call, FNTYPE is 0.
1883
1884 For incoming args we set the number of arguments in the prototype large
1885 so we never return a PARALLEL. */
1886
1887 void
1888 init_cumulative_args (cum, fntype, libname, incoming)
1889 CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
1890 tree fntype;
1891 rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1892 int incoming;
1893 {
1894 static CUMULATIVE_ARGS zero_cumulative;
1895
1896 *cum = zero_cumulative;
1897 cum->words = 0;
1898 cum->fregno = FP_ARG_MIN_REG;
1899 cum->prototype = (fntype && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype));
1900 cum->call_cookie = CALL_NORMAL;
1901 cum->sysv_gregno = GP_ARG_MIN_REG;
1902
1903 if (incoming)
1904 cum->nargs_prototype = 1000; /* don't return a PARALLEL */
1905
1906 else if (cum->prototype)
1907 cum->nargs_prototype = (list_length (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype)) - 1
1908 + (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (fntype)) == BLKmode
1909 || RETURN_IN_MEMORY (TREE_TYPE (fntype))));
1910
1911 else
1912 cum->nargs_prototype = 0;
1913
1914 cum->orig_nargs = cum->nargs_prototype;
1915
1916 /* Check for longcall's */
1917 if (fntype && lookup_attribute ("longcall", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (fntype)))
1918 cum->call_cookie = CALL_LONG;
1919
1920 if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
1921 {
1922 fprintf (stderr, "\ninit_cumulative_args:");
1923 if (fntype)
1924 {
1925 tree ret_type = TREE_TYPE (fntype);
1926 fprintf (stderr, " ret code = %s,",
1927 tree_code_name[ (int)TREE_CODE (ret_type) ]);
1928 }
1929
1930 if (cum->call_cookie & CALL_LONG)
1931 fprintf (stderr, " longcall,");
1932
1933 fprintf (stderr, " proto = %d, nargs = %d\n",
1934 cum->prototype, cum->nargs_prototype);
1935 }
1936 }
1937 \f
1938 /* If defined, a C expression which determines whether, and in which
1939 direction, to pad out an argument with extra space. The value
1940 should be of type `enum direction': either `upward' to pad above
1941 the argument, `downward' to pad below, or `none' to inhibit
1942 padding.
1943
1944 For the AIX ABI structs are always stored left shifted in their
1945 argument slot. */
1946
1947 enum direction
1948 function_arg_padding (mode, type)
1949 enum machine_mode mode;
1950 tree type;
1951 {
1952 if (type != 0 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
1953 return upward;
1954
1955 /* This is the default definition. */
1956 return (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
1957 ? upward
1958 : ((mode == BLKmode
1959 ? (type && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST
1960 && int_size_in_bytes (type) < (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT))
1961 : GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < PARM_BOUNDARY)
1962 ? downward : upward));
1963 }
1964
1965 /* If defined, a C expression that gives the alignment boundary, in bits,
1966 of an argument with the specified mode and type. If it is not defined,
1967 PARM_BOUNDARY is used for all arguments.
1968
1969 V.4 wants long longs to be double word aligned. */
1970
1971 int
1972 function_arg_boundary (mode, type)
1973 enum machine_mode mode;
1974 tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1975 {
1976 if ((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
1977 && (mode == DImode || mode == DFmode))
1978 return 64;
1979 else
1980 return PARM_BOUNDARY;
1981 }
1982 \f
1983 /* Update the data in CUM to advance over an argument
1984 of mode MODE and data type TYPE.
1985 (TYPE is null for libcalls where that information may not be available.) */
1986
1987 void
1988 function_arg_advance (cum, mode, type, named)
1989 CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
1990 enum machine_mode mode;
1991 tree type;
1992 int named;
1993 {
1994 cum->nargs_prototype--;
1995
1996 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
1997 {
1998 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
1999 && (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode))
2000 {
2001 if (cum->fregno <= FP_ARG_V4_MAX_REG)
2002 cum->fregno++;
2003 else
2004 {
2005 if (mode == DFmode)
2006 cum->words += cum->words & 1;
2007 cum->words += RS6000_ARG_SIZE (mode, type);
2008 }
2009 }
2010 else
2011 {
2012 int n_words;
2013 int gregno = cum->sysv_gregno;
2014
2015 /* Aggregates and IEEE quad get passed by reference. */
2016 if ((type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
2017 || mode == TFmode)
2018 n_words = 1;
2019 else
2020 n_words = RS6000_ARG_SIZE (mode, type);
2021
2022 /* Long long is put in odd registers. */
2023 if (n_words == 2 && (gregno & 1) == 0)
2024 gregno += 1;
2025
2026 /* Long long is not split between registers and stack. */
2027 if (gregno + n_words - 1 > GP_ARG_MAX_REG)
2028 {
2029 /* Long long is aligned on the stack. */
2030 if (n_words == 2)
2031 cum->words += cum->words & 1;
2032 cum->words += n_words;
2033 }
2034
2035 /* Note: continuing to accumulate gregno past when we've started
2036 spilling to the stack indicates the fact that we've started
2037 spilling to the stack to expand_builtin_saveregs. */
2038 cum->sysv_gregno = gregno + n_words;
2039 }
2040
2041 if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
2042 {
2043 fprintf (stderr, "function_adv: words = %2d, fregno = %2d, ",
2044 cum->words, cum->fregno);
2045 fprintf (stderr, "gregno = %2d, nargs = %4d, proto = %d, ",
2046 cum->sysv_gregno, cum->nargs_prototype, cum->prototype);
2047 fprintf (stderr, "mode = %4s, named = %d\n",
2048 GET_MODE_NAME (mode), named);
2049 }
2050 }
2051 else
2052 {
2053 int align = (TARGET_32BIT && (cum->words & 1) != 0
2054 && function_arg_boundary (mode, type) == 64) ? 1 : 0;
2055 cum->words += align + RS6000_ARG_SIZE (mode, type);
2056
2057 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
2058 cum->fregno++;
2059
2060 if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
2061 {
2062 fprintf (stderr, "function_adv: words = %2d, fregno = %2d, ",
2063 cum->words, cum->fregno);
2064 fprintf (stderr, "nargs = %4d, proto = %d, mode = %4s, ",
2065 cum->nargs_prototype, cum->prototype, GET_MODE_NAME (mode));
2066 fprintf (stderr, "named = %d, align = %d\n", named, align);
2067 }
2068 }
2069 }
2070 \f
2071 /* Determine where to put an argument to a function.
2072 Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
2073 or a hard register in which to store the argument.
2074
2075 MODE is the argument's machine mode.
2076 TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
2077 This is null for libcalls where that information may
2078 not be available.
2079 CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
2080 the preceding args and about the function being called.
2081 NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
2082 (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
2083
2084 On RS/6000 the first eight words of non-FP are normally in registers
2085 and the rest are pushed. Under AIX, the first 13 FP args are in registers.
2086 Under V.4, the first 8 FP args are in registers.
2087
2088 If this is floating-point and no prototype is specified, we use
2089 both an FP and integer register (or possibly FP reg and stack). Library
2090 functions (when TYPE is zero) always have the proper types for args,
2091 so we can pass the FP value just in one register. emit_library_function
2092 doesn't support PARALLEL anyway. */
2093
2094 struct rtx_def *
2095 function_arg (cum, mode, type, named)
2096 CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
2097 enum machine_mode mode;
2098 tree type;
2099 int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2100 {
2101 enum rs6000_abi abi = DEFAULT_ABI;
2102
2103 /* Return a marker to indicate whether CR1 needs to set or clear the bit
2104 that V.4 uses to say fp args were passed in registers. Assume that we
2105 don't need the marker for software floating point, or compiler generated
2106 library calls. */
2107 if (mode == VOIDmode)
2108 {
2109 if ((abi == ABI_V4 || abi == ABI_SOLARIS)
2110 && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
2111 && cum->nargs_prototype < 0
2112 && type && (cum->prototype || TARGET_NO_PROTOTYPE))
2113 {
2114 return GEN_INT (cum->call_cookie
2115 | ((cum->fregno == FP_ARG_MIN_REG)
2116 ? CALL_V4_SET_FP_ARGS
2117 : CALL_V4_CLEAR_FP_ARGS));
2118 }
2119
2120 return GEN_INT (cum->call_cookie);
2121 }
2122
2123 if (abi == ABI_V4 || abi == ABI_SOLARIS)
2124 {
2125 if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
2126 && (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode))
2127 {
2128 if (cum->fregno <= FP_ARG_V4_MAX_REG)
2129 return gen_rtx_REG (mode, cum->fregno);
2130 else
2131 return NULL;
2132 }
2133 else
2134 {
2135 int n_words;
2136 int gregno = cum->sysv_gregno;
2137
2138 /* Aggregates and IEEE quad get passed by reference. */
2139 if ((type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
2140 || mode == TFmode)
2141 n_words = 1;
2142 else
2143 n_words = RS6000_ARG_SIZE (mode, type);
2144
2145 /* Long long is put in odd registers. */
2146 if (n_words == 2 && (gregno & 1) == 0)
2147 gregno += 1;
2148
2149 /* Long long is not split between registers and stack. */
2150 if (gregno + n_words - 1 <= GP_ARG_MAX_REG)
2151 return gen_rtx_REG (mode, gregno);
2152 else
2153 return NULL;
2154 }
2155 }
2156 else
2157 {
2158 int align = (TARGET_32BIT && (cum->words & 1) != 0
2159 && function_arg_boundary (mode, type) == 64) ? 1 : 0;
2160 int align_words = cum->words + align;
2161
2162 if (type && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST)
2163 return NULL_RTX;
2164
2165 if (USE_FP_FOR_ARG_P (*cum, mode, type))
2166 {
2167 if (! type
2168 || ((cum->nargs_prototype > 0)
2169 /* IBM AIX extended its linkage convention definition always
2170 to require FP args after register save area hole on the
2171 stack. */
2172 && (DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_AIX
2173 || ! TARGET_XL_CALL
2174 || (align_words < GP_ARG_NUM_REG))))
2175 return gen_rtx_REG (mode, cum->fregno);
2176
2177 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode,
2178 gen_rtvec (2,
2179 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
2180 ((align_words >= GP_ARG_NUM_REG)
2181 ? NULL_RTX
2182 : (align_words
2183 + RS6000_ARG_SIZE (mode, type)
2184 > GP_ARG_NUM_REG
2185 /* If this is partially on the stack, then
2186 we only include the portion actually
2187 in registers here. */
2188 ? gen_rtx_REG (SImode,
2189 GP_ARG_MIN_REG + align_words)
2190 : gen_rtx_REG (mode,
2191 GP_ARG_MIN_REG + align_words))),
2192 const0_rtx),
2193 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
2194 gen_rtx_REG (mode, cum->fregno),
2195 const0_rtx)));
2196 }
2197 else if (align_words < GP_ARG_NUM_REG)
2198 return gen_rtx_REG (mode, GP_ARG_MIN_REG + align_words);
2199 else
2200 return NULL_RTX;
2201 }
2202 }
2203 \f
2204 /* For an arg passed partly in registers and partly in memory,
2205 this is the number of registers used.
2206 For args passed entirely in registers or entirely in memory, zero. */
2207
2208 int
2209 function_arg_partial_nregs (cum, mode, type, named)
2210 CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
2211 enum machine_mode mode;
2212 tree type;
2213 int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2214 {
2215 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
2216 return 0;
2217
2218 if (USE_FP_FOR_ARG_P (*cum, mode, type))
2219 {
2220 if (cum->nargs_prototype >= 0)
2221 return 0;
2222 }
2223
2224 if (cum->words < GP_ARG_NUM_REG
2225 && GP_ARG_NUM_REG < (cum->words + RS6000_ARG_SIZE (mode, type)))
2226 {
2227 int ret = GP_ARG_NUM_REG - cum->words;
2228 if (ret && TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
2229 fprintf (stderr, "function_arg_partial_nregs: %d\n", ret);
2230
2231 return ret;
2232 }
2233
2234 return 0;
2235 }
2236 \f
2237 /* A C expression that indicates when an argument must be passed by
2238 reference. If nonzero for an argument, a copy of that argument is
2239 made in memory and a pointer to the argument is passed instead of
2240 the argument itself. The pointer is passed in whatever way is
2241 appropriate for passing a pointer to that type.
2242
2243 Under V.4, structures and unions are passed by reference. */
2244
2245 int
2246 function_arg_pass_by_reference (cum, mode, type, named)
2247 CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2248 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2249 tree type;
2250 int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2251 {
2252 if ((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
2253 && ((type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
2254 || mode == TFmode))
2255 {
2256 if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
2257 fprintf (stderr, "function_arg_pass_by_reference: aggregate\n");
2258
2259 return 1;
2260 }
2261
2262 return 0;
2263 }
2264 \f
2265 /* Perform any needed actions needed for a function that is receiving a
2266 variable number of arguments.
2267
2268 CUM is as above.
2269
2270 MODE and TYPE are the mode and type of the current parameter.
2271
2272 PRETEND_SIZE is a variable that should be set to the amount of stack
2273 that must be pushed by the prolog to pretend that our caller pushed
2274 it.
2275
2276 Normally, this macro will push all remaining incoming registers on the
2277 stack and set PRETEND_SIZE to the length of the registers pushed. */
2278
2279 void
2280 setup_incoming_varargs (cum, mode, type, pretend_size, no_rtl)
2281 CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
2282 enum machine_mode mode;
2283 tree type;
2284 int *pretend_size;
2285 int no_rtl;
2286
2287 {
2288 CUMULATIVE_ARGS next_cum;
2289 int reg_size = TARGET_32BIT ? 4 : 8;
2290 rtx save_area = NULL_RTX, mem;
2291 int first_reg_offset, set;
2292 tree fntype;
2293 int stdarg_p;
2294
2295 fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl);
2296 stdarg_p = (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) != 0
2297 && (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype)))
2298 != void_type_node));
2299
2300 /* For varargs, we do not want to skip the dummy va_dcl argument.
2301 For stdargs, we do want to skip the last named argument. */
2302 next_cum = *cum;
2303 if (stdarg_p)
2304 function_arg_advance (&next_cum, mode, type, 1);
2305
2306 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
2307 {
2308 /* Indicate to allocate space on the stack for varargs save area. */
2309 /* ??? Does this really have to be located at a magic spot on the
2310 stack, or can we allocate this with assign_stack_local instead. */
2311 cfun->machine->sysv_varargs_p = 1;
2312 if (! no_rtl)
2313 save_area = plus_constant (virtual_stack_vars_rtx,
2314 - RS6000_VARARGS_SIZE);
2315
2316 first_reg_offset = next_cum.sysv_gregno - GP_ARG_MIN_REG;
2317 }
2318 else
2319 {
2320 first_reg_offset = next_cum.words;
2321 save_area = virtual_incoming_args_rtx;
2322 cfun->machine->sysv_varargs_p = 0;
2323
2324 if (MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (mode, type))
2325 first_reg_offset += RS6000_ARG_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type), type);
2326 }
2327
2328 set = get_varargs_alias_set ();
2329 if (! no_rtl && first_reg_offset < GP_ARG_NUM_REG)
2330 {
2331 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode,
2332 plus_constant (save_area,
2333 first_reg_offset * reg_size)),
2334 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = set;
2335
2336 move_block_from_reg
2337 (GP_ARG_MIN_REG + first_reg_offset, mem,
2338 GP_ARG_NUM_REG - first_reg_offset,
2339 (GP_ARG_NUM_REG - first_reg_offset) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
2340
2341 /* ??? Does ABI_V4 need this at all? */
2342 *pretend_size = (GP_ARG_NUM_REG - first_reg_offset) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
2343 }
2344
2345 /* Save FP registers if needed. */
2346 if ((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
2347 && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && ! no_rtl
2348 && next_cum.fregno <= FP_ARG_V4_MAX_REG)
2349 {
2350 int fregno = next_cum.fregno;
2351 rtx cr1 = gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, CR1_REGNO);
2352 rtx lab = gen_label_rtx ();
2353 int off = (GP_ARG_NUM_REG * reg_size) + ((fregno - FP_ARG_MIN_REG) * 8);
2354
2355 emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2356 pc_rtx,
2357 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode,
2358 gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, cr1,
2359 const0_rtx),
2360 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, lab),
2361 pc_rtx)));
2362
2363 while (fregno <= FP_ARG_V4_MAX_REG)
2364 {
2365 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, plus_constant (save_area, off));
2366 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = set;
2367 emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, fregno));
2368 fregno++;
2369 off += 8;
2370 }
2371
2372 emit_label (lab);
2373 }
2374 }
2375
2376 /* Create the va_list data type. */
2377
2378 tree
2379 rs6000_build_va_list ()
2380 {
2381 tree f_gpr, f_fpr, f_ovf, f_sav, record, type_decl;
2382
2383 /* For AIX, prefer 'char *' because that's what the system
2384 header files like. */
2385 if (DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_V4 && DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_SOLARIS)
2386 return build_pointer_type (char_type_node);
2387
2388 record = make_lang_type (RECORD_TYPE);
2389 type_decl = build_decl (TYPE_DECL, get_identifier ("__va_list_tag"), record);
2390
2391 f_gpr = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("gpr"),
2392 unsigned_char_type_node);
2393 f_fpr = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("fpr"),
2394 unsigned_char_type_node);
2395 f_ovf = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("overflow_arg_area"),
2396 ptr_type_node);
2397 f_sav = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("reg_save_area"),
2398 ptr_type_node);
2399
2400 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_gpr) = record;
2401 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_fpr) = record;
2402 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_ovf) = record;
2403 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_sav) = record;
2404
2405 TREE_CHAIN (record) = type_decl;
2406 TYPE_NAME (record) = type_decl;
2407 TYPE_FIELDS (record) = f_gpr;
2408 TREE_CHAIN (f_gpr) = f_fpr;
2409 TREE_CHAIN (f_fpr) = f_ovf;
2410 TREE_CHAIN (f_ovf) = f_sav;
2411
2412 layout_type (record);
2413
2414 /* The correct type is an array type of one element. */
2415 return build_array_type (record, build_index_type (size_zero_node));
2416 }
2417
2418 /* Implement va_start. */
2419
2420 void
2421 rs6000_va_start (stdarg_p, valist, nextarg)
2422 int stdarg_p;
2423 tree valist;
2424 rtx nextarg;
2425 {
2426 HOST_WIDE_INT words, n_gpr, n_fpr;
2427 tree f_gpr, f_fpr, f_ovf, f_sav;
2428 tree gpr, fpr, ovf, sav, t;
2429
2430 /* Only SVR4 needs something special. */
2431 if (DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_V4 && DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_SOLARIS)
2432 {
2433 std_expand_builtin_va_start (stdarg_p, valist, nextarg);
2434 return;
2435 }
2436
2437 f_gpr = TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (va_list_type_node));
2438 f_fpr = TREE_CHAIN (f_gpr);
2439 f_ovf = TREE_CHAIN (f_fpr);
2440 f_sav = TREE_CHAIN (f_ovf);
2441
2442 valist = build1 (INDIRECT_REF, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (valist)), valist);
2443 gpr = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_gpr), valist, f_gpr);
2444 fpr = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_fpr), valist, f_fpr);
2445 ovf = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_ovf), valist, f_ovf);
2446 sav = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_sav), valist, f_sav);
2447
2448 /* Count number of gp and fp argument registers used. */
2449 words = current_function_args_info.words;
2450 n_gpr = current_function_args_info.sysv_gregno - GP_ARG_MIN_REG;
2451 n_fpr = current_function_args_info.fregno - FP_ARG_MIN_REG;
2452
2453 if (TARGET_DEBUG_ARG)
2454 {
2455 fputs ("va_start: words = ", stderr);
2456 fprintf (stderr, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, words);
2457 fputs (", n_gpr = ", stderr);
2458 fprintf (stderr, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, n_gpr);
2459 fputs (", n_fpr = ", stderr);
2460 fprintf (stderr, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, n_fpr);
2461 putc ('\n', stderr);
2462 }
2463
2464 t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (gpr), gpr, build_int_2 (n_gpr, 0));
2465 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
2466 expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2467
2468 t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (fpr), fpr, build_int_2 (n_fpr, 0));
2469 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
2470 expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2471
2472 /* Find the overflow area. */
2473 t = make_tree (TREE_TYPE (ovf), virtual_incoming_args_rtx);
2474 if (words != 0)
2475 t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovf), t,
2476 build_int_2 (words * UNITS_PER_WORD, 0));
2477 t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovf), ovf, t);
2478 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
2479 expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2480
2481 /* Find the register save area. */
2482 t = make_tree (TREE_TYPE (sav), virtual_stack_vars_rtx);
2483 t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (sav), t,
2484 build_int_2 (-RS6000_VARARGS_SIZE, -1));
2485 t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (sav), sav, t);
2486 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
2487 expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2488 }
2489
2490 /* Implement va_arg. */
2491
2492 rtx
2493 rs6000_va_arg (valist, type)
2494 tree valist, type;
2495 {
2496 tree f_gpr, f_fpr, f_ovf, f_sav;
2497 tree gpr, fpr, ovf, sav, reg, t, u;
2498 int indirect_p, size, rsize, n_reg, sav_ofs, sav_scale;
2499 rtx lab_false, lab_over, addr_rtx, r;
2500
2501 /* For AIX, the rule is that structures are passed left-aligned in
2502 their stack slot. However, GCC does not presently do this:
2503 structures which are the same size as integer types are passed
2504 right-aligned, as if they were in fact integers. This only
2505 matters for structures of size 1 or 2, or 4 when TARGET_64BIT. */
2506 if (DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_V4 && DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_SOLARIS)
2507 {
2508 HOST_WIDE_INT align, rounded_size;
2509 enum machine_mode mode;
2510 tree addr_tree;
2511
2512 /* Compute the rounded size of the type. */
2513 align = PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2514 rounded_size = (((int_size_in_bytes (type) + align - 1) / align)
2515 * align);
2516
2517 addr_tree = valist;
2518
2519 mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
2520 if (mode != BLKmode)
2521 {
2522 HOST_WIDE_INT adj;
2523 adj = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2524 if (rounded_size > align)
2525 adj = rounded_size;
2526
2527 addr_tree = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (addr_tree), addr_tree,
2528 build_int_2 (rounded_size - adj, 0));
2529 }
2530
2531 addr_rtx = expand_expr (addr_tree, NULL_RTX, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2532 addr_rtx = copy_to_reg (addr_rtx);
2533
2534 /* Compute new value for AP. */
2535 t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (valist), valist,
2536 build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (valist), valist,
2537 build_int_2 (rounded_size, 0)));
2538 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
2539 expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2540
2541 return addr_rtx;
2542 }
2543
2544 f_gpr = TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (va_list_type_node));
2545 f_fpr = TREE_CHAIN (f_gpr);
2546 f_ovf = TREE_CHAIN (f_fpr);
2547 f_sav = TREE_CHAIN (f_ovf);
2548
2549 valist = build1 (INDIRECT_REF, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (valist)), valist);
2550 gpr = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_gpr), valist, f_gpr);
2551 fpr = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_fpr), valist, f_fpr);
2552 ovf = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_ovf), valist, f_ovf);
2553 sav = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_sav), valist, f_sav);
2554
2555 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
2556 rsize = (size + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
2557
2558 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TYPE_MODE (type) == TFmode)
2559 {
2560 /* Aggregates and long doubles are passed by reference. */
2561 indirect_p = 1;
2562 reg = gpr;
2563 n_reg = 1;
2564 sav_ofs = 0;
2565 sav_scale = 4;
2566 size = rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
2567 }
2568 else if (FLOAT_TYPE_P (type) && ! TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)
2569 {
2570 /* FP args go in FP registers, if present. */
2571 indirect_p = 0;
2572 reg = fpr;
2573 n_reg = 1;
2574 sav_ofs = 8*4;
2575 sav_scale = 8;
2576 }
2577 else
2578 {
2579 /* Otherwise into GP registers. */
2580 indirect_p = 0;
2581 reg = gpr;
2582 n_reg = rsize;
2583 sav_ofs = 0;
2584 sav_scale = 4;
2585 }
2586
2587 /*
2588 * Pull the value out of the saved registers ...
2589 */
2590
2591 lab_false = gen_label_rtx ();
2592 lab_over = gen_label_rtx ();
2593 addr_rtx = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
2594
2595 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (expand_expr (reg, NULL_RTX, QImode, EXPAND_NORMAL),
2596 GEN_INT (8 - n_reg + 1),
2597 GE, const1_rtx, QImode, 1, 1, lab_false);
2598
2599 /* Long long is aligned in the registers. */
2600 if (n_reg > 1)
2601 {
2602 u = build (BIT_AND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (reg), reg,
2603 build_int_2 (n_reg - 1, 0));
2604 u = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (reg), reg, u);
2605 u = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (reg), reg, u);
2606 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (u) = 1;
2607 expand_expr (u, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2608 }
2609
2610 if (sav_ofs)
2611 t = build (PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, sav, build_int_2 (sav_ofs, 0));
2612 else
2613 t = sav;
2614
2615 u = build (POSTINCREMENT_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (reg), reg, build_int_2 (n_reg, 0));
2616 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (u) = 1;
2617
2618 u = build1 (CONVERT_EXPR, integer_type_node, u);
2619 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (u) = 1;
2620
2621 u = build (MULT_EXPR, integer_type_node, u, build_int_2 (sav_scale, 0));
2622 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (u) = 1;
2623
2624 t = build (PLUS_EXPR, ptr_type_node, t, u);
2625 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
2626
2627 r = expand_expr (t, addr_rtx, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2628 if (r != addr_rtx)
2629 emit_move_insn (addr_rtx, r);
2630
2631 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab_over));
2632 emit_barrier ();
2633 emit_label (lab_false);
2634
2635 /*
2636 * ... otherwise out of the overflow area.
2637 */
2638
2639 /* Make sure we don't find reg 7 for the next int arg. */
2640 if (n_reg > 1)
2641 {
2642 t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (reg), reg, build_int_2 (8, 0));
2643 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
2644 expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2645 }
2646
2647 /* Care for on-stack alignment if needed. */
2648 if (rsize <= 1)
2649 t = ovf;
2650 else
2651 {
2652 t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovf), ovf, build_int_2 (7, 0));
2653 t = build (BIT_AND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (t), t, build_int_2 (-8, -1));
2654 }
2655 t = save_expr (t);
2656
2657 r = expand_expr (t, addr_rtx, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2658 if (r != addr_rtx)
2659 emit_move_insn (addr_rtx, r);
2660
2661 t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (t), t, build_int_2 (size, 0));
2662 t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovf), ovf, t);
2663 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t) = 1;
2664 expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
2665
2666 emit_label (lab_over);
2667
2668 if (indirect_p)
2669 {
2670 r = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr_rtx);
2671 MEM_ALIAS_SET (r) = get_varargs_alias_set ();
2672 emit_move_insn (addr_rtx, r);
2673 }
2674
2675 return addr_rtx;
2676 }
2677 \f
2678 /* Generate a memory reference for expand_block_move, copying volatile,
2679 and other bits from an original memory reference. */
2680
2681 static rtx
2682 expand_block_move_mem (mode, addr, orig_mem)
2683 enum machine_mode mode;
2684 rtx addr;
2685 rtx orig_mem;
2686 {
2687 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr);
2688
2689 MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (mem, orig_mem);
2690 #ifdef MEM_UNALIGNED_P
2691 MEM_UNALIGNED_P (mem) = MEM_UNALIGNED_P (orig_mem);
2692 #endif
2693 return mem;
2694 }
2695
2696 /* Expand a block move operation, and return 1 if successful. Return 0
2697 if we should let the compiler generate normal code.
2698
2699 operands[0] is the destination
2700 operands[1] is the source
2701 operands[2] is the length
2702 operands[3] is the alignment */
2703
2704 #define MAX_MOVE_REG 4
2705
2706 int
2707 expand_block_move (operands)
2708 rtx operands[];
2709 {
2710 rtx orig_dest = operands[0];
2711 rtx orig_src = operands[1];
2712 rtx bytes_rtx = operands[2];
2713 rtx align_rtx = operands[3];
2714 int constp = (GET_CODE (bytes_rtx) == CONST_INT);
2715 int align;
2716 int bytes;
2717 int offset;
2718 int num_reg;
2719 int i;
2720 rtx src_reg;
2721 rtx dest_reg;
2722 rtx src_addr;
2723 rtx dest_addr;
2724 rtx tmp_reg;
2725 rtx stores[MAX_MOVE_REG];
2726 int move_bytes;
2727
2728 /* If this is not a fixed size move, just call memcpy */
2729 if (! constp)
2730 return 0;
2731
2732 /* If this is not a fixed size alignment, abort */
2733 if (GET_CODE (align_rtx) != CONST_INT)
2734 abort ();
2735 align = INTVAL (align_rtx);
2736
2737 /* Anything to move? */
2738 bytes = INTVAL (bytes_rtx);
2739 if (bytes <= 0)
2740 return 1;
2741
2742 /* Don't support real large moves. If string instructions are not used,
2743 then don't generate more than 8 loads. */
2744 if (TARGET_STRING)
2745 {
2746 if (bytes > 8*4)
2747 return 0;
2748 }
2749 else if (! STRICT_ALIGNMENT)
2750 {
2751 if (TARGET_POWERPC64 && align >= 4)
2752 {
2753 if (bytes > 8*8)
2754 return 0;
2755 }
2756 else
2757 if (bytes > 8*4)
2758 return 0;
2759 }
2760 else if (bytes > 8*align)
2761 return 0;
2762
2763 /* Move the address into scratch registers. */
2764 dest_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_dest, 0));
2765 src_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_src, 0));
2766
2767 if (TARGET_STRING) /* string instructions are available */
2768 {
2769 for ( ; bytes > 0; bytes -= move_bytes)
2770 {
2771 if (bytes > 24 /* move up to 32 bytes at a time */
2772 && ! fixed_regs[5]
2773 && ! fixed_regs[6]
2774 && ! fixed_regs[7]
2775 && ! fixed_regs[8]
2776 && ! fixed_regs[9]
2777 && ! fixed_regs[10]
2778 && ! fixed_regs[11]
2779 && ! fixed_regs[12])
2780 {
2781 move_bytes = (bytes > 32) ? 32 : bytes;
2782 emit_insn (gen_movstrsi_8reg (expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2783 dest_reg,
2784 orig_dest),
2785 expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2786 src_reg,
2787 orig_src),
2788 GEN_INT ((move_bytes == 32)
2789 ? 0 : move_bytes),
2790 align_rtx));
2791 }
2792 else if (bytes > 16 /* move up to 24 bytes at a time */
2793 && ! fixed_regs[5]
2794 && ! fixed_regs[6]
2795 && ! fixed_regs[7]
2796 && ! fixed_regs[8]
2797 && ! fixed_regs[9]
2798 && ! fixed_regs[10])
2799 {
2800 move_bytes = (bytes > 24) ? 24 : bytes;
2801 emit_insn (gen_movstrsi_6reg (expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2802 dest_reg,
2803 orig_dest),
2804 expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2805 src_reg,
2806 orig_src),
2807 GEN_INT (move_bytes),
2808 align_rtx));
2809 }
2810 else if (bytes > 8 /* move up to 16 bytes at a time */
2811 && ! fixed_regs[5]
2812 && ! fixed_regs[6]
2813 && ! fixed_regs[7]
2814 && ! fixed_regs[8])
2815 {
2816 move_bytes = (bytes > 16) ? 16 : bytes;
2817 emit_insn (gen_movstrsi_4reg (expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2818 dest_reg,
2819 orig_dest),
2820 expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2821 src_reg,
2822 orig_src),
2823 GEN_INT (move_bytes),
2824 align_rtx));
2825 }
2826 else if (bytes >= 8 && TARGET_POWERPC64
2827 /* 64-bit loads and stores require word-aligned displacements. */
2828 && (align >= 8 || (! STRICT_ALIGNMENT && align >= 4)))
2829 {
2830 move_bytes = 8;
2831 tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
2832 emit_move_insn (tmp_reg,
2833 expand_block_move_mem (DImode,
2834 src_reg, orig_src));
2835 emit_move_insn (expand_block_move_mem (DImode,
2836 dest_reg, orig_dest),
2837 tmp_reg);
2838 }
2839 else if (bytes > 4)
2840 { /* move up to 8 bytes at a time */
2841 move_bytes = (bytes > 8) ? 8 : bytes;
2842 emit_insn (gen_movstrsi_2reg (expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2843 dest_reg,
2844 orig_dest),
2845 expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2846 src_reg,
2847 orig_src),
2848 GEN_INT (move_bytes),
2849 align_rtx));
2850 }
2851 else if (bytes >= 4 && (align >= 4 || ! STRICT_ALIGNMENT))
2852 { /* move 4 bytes */
2853 move_bytes = 4;
2854 tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
2855 emit_move_insn (tmp_reg,
2856 expand_block_move_mem (SImode,
2857 src_reg, orig_src));
2858 emit_move_insn (expand_block_move_mem (SImode,
2859 dest_reg, orig_dest),
2860 tmp_reg);
2861 }
2862 else if (bytes == 2 && (align >= 2 || ! STRICT_ALIGNMENT))
2863 { /* move 2 bytes */
2864 move_bytes = 2;
2865 tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (HImode);
2866 emit_move_insn (tmp_reg,
2867 expand_block_move_mem (HImode,
2868 src_reg, orig_src));
2869 emit_move_insn (expand_block_move_mem (HImode,
2870 dest_reg, orig_dest),
2871 tmp_reg);
2872 }
2873 else if (bytes == 1) /* move 1 byte */
2874 {
2875 move_bytes = 1;
2876 tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (QImode);
2877 emit_move_insn (tmp_reg,
2878 expand_block_move_mem (QImode,
2879 src_reg, orig_src));
2880 emit_move_insn (expand_block_move_mem (QImode,
2881 dest_reg, orig_dest),
2882 tmp_reg);
2883 }
2884 else
2885 { /* move up to 4 bytes at a time */
2886 move_bytes = (bytes > 4) ? 4 : bytes;
2887 emit_insn (gen_movstrsi_1reg (expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2888 dest_reg,
2889 orig_dest),
2890 expand_block_move_mem (BLKmode,
2891 src_reg,
2892 orig_src),
2893 GEN_INT (move_bytes),
2894 align_rtx));
2895 }
2896
2897 if (bytes > move_bytes)
2898 {
2899 if (! TARGET_POWERPC64)
2900 {
2901 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (src_reg, src_reg,
2902 GEN_INT (move_bytes)));
2903 emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dest_reg, dest_reg,
2904 GEN_INT (move_bytes)));
2905 }
2906 else
2907 {
2908 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (src_reg, src_reg,
2909 GEN_INT (move_bytes)));
2910 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest_reg, dest_reg,
2911 GEN_INT (move_bytes)));
2912 }
2913 }
2914 }
2915 }
2916
2917 else /* string instructions not available */
2918 {
2919 num_reg = offset = 0;
2920 for ( ; bytes > 0; (bytes -= move_bytes), (offset += move_bytes))
2921 {
2922 /* Calculate the correct offset for src/dest */
2923 if (offset == 0)
2924 {
2925 src_addr = src_reg;
2926 dest_addr = dest_reg;
2927 }
2928 else
2929 {
2930 src_addr = plus_constant (src_reg, offset);
2931 dest_addr = plus_constant (dest_reg, offset);
2932 }
2933
2934 /* Generate the appropriate load and store, saving the stores
2935 for later. */
2936 if (bytes >= 8 && TARGET_POWERPC64
2937 /* 64-bit loads and stores require word-aligned displacements. */
2938 && (align >= 8 || (! STRICT_ALIGNMENT && align >= 4)))
2939 {
2940 move_bytes = 8;
2941 tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
2942 emit_insn (gen_movdi (tmp_reg,
2943 expand_block_move_mem (DImode,
2944 src_addr,
2945 orig_src)));
2946 stores[num_reg++] = gen_movdi (expand_block_move_mem (DImode,
2947 dest_addr,
2948 orig_dest),
2949 tmp_reg);
2950 }
2951 else if (bytes >= 4 && (align >= 4 || ! STRICT_ALIGNMENT))
2952 {
2953 move_bytes = 4;
2954 tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
2955 emit_insn (gen_movsi (tmp_reg,
2956 expand_block_move_mem (SImode,
2957 src_addr,
2958 orig_src)));
2959 stores[num_reg++] = gen_movsi (expand_block_move_mem (SImode,
2960 dest_addr,
2961 orig_dest),
2962 tmp_reg);
2963 }
2964 else if (bytes >= 2 && (align >= 2 || ! STRICT_ALIGNMENT))
2965 {
2966 move_bytes = 2;
2967 tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (HImode);
2968 emit_insn (gen_movhi (tmp_reg,
2969 expand_block_move_mem (HImode,
2970 src_addr,
2971 orig_src)));
2972 stores[num_reg++] = gen_movhi (expand_block_move_mem (HImode,
2973 dest_addr,
2974 orig_dest),
2975 tmp_reg);
2976 }
2977 else
2978 {
2979 move_bytes = 1;
2980 tmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (QImode);
2981 emit_insn (gen_movqi (tmp_reg,
2982 expand_block_move_mem (QImode,
2983 src_addr,
2984 orig_src)));
2985 stores[num_reg++] = gen_movqi (expand_block_move_mem (QImode,
2986 dest_addr,
2987 orig_dest),
2988 tmp_reg);
2989 }
2990
2991 if (num_reg >= MAX_MOVE_REG)
2992 {
2993 for (i = 0; i < num_reg; i++)
2994 emit_insn (stores[i]);
2995 num_reg = 0;
2996 }
2997 }
2998
2999 for (i = 0; i < num_reg; i++)
3000 emit_insn (stores[i]);
3001 }
3002
3003 return 1;
3004 }
3005
3006 \f
3007 /* Return 1 if OP is a load multiple operation. It is known to be a
3008 PARALLEL and the first section will be tested. */
3009
3010 int
3011 load_multiple_operation (op, mode)
3012 rtx op;
3013 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3014 {
3015 int count = XVECLEN (op, 0);
3016 unsigned int dest_regno;
3017 rtx src_addr;
3018 int i;
3019
3020 /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below. */
3021 if (count <= 1
3022 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET
3023 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != REG
3024 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != MEM)
3025 return 0;
3026
3027 dest_regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)));
3028 src_addr = XEXP (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)), 0);
3029
3030 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
3031 {
3032 rtx elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, i);
3033
3034 if (GET_CODE (elt) != SET
3035 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != REG
3036 || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != SImode
3037 || REGNO (SET_DEST (elt)) != dest_regno + i
3038 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != MEM
3039 || GET_MODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != SImode
3040 || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 0)) != PLUS
3041 || ! rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 0), 0), src_addr)
3042 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
3043 || INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 0), 1)) != i * 4)
3044 return 0;
3045 }
3046
3047 return 1;
3048 }
3049
3050 /* Similar, but tests for store multiple. Here, the second vector element
3051 is a CLOBBER. It will be tested later. */
3052
3053 int
3054 store_multiple_operation (op, mode)
3055 rtx op;
3056 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3057 {
3058 int count = XVECLEN (op, 0) - 1;
3059 unsigned int src_regno;
3060 rtx dest_addr;
3061 int i;
3062
3063 /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below. */
3064 if (count <= 1
3065 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET
3066 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != MEM
3067 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != REG)
3068 return 0;
3069
3070 src_regno = REGNO (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)));
3071 dest_addr = XEXP (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)), 0);
3072
3073 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
3074 {
3075 rtx elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, i + 1);
3076
3077 if (GET_CODE (elt) != SET
3078 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != REG
3079 || GET_MODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != SImode
3080 || REGNO (SET_SRC (elt)) != src_regno + i
3081 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != MEM
3082 || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != SImode
3083 || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (elt), 0)) != PLUS
3084 || ! rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (elt), 0), 0), dest_addr)
3085 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (elt), 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
3086 || INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (elt), 0), 1)) != i * 4)
3087 return 0;
3088 }
3089
3090 return 1;
3091 }
3092
3093 /* Return 1 for an PARALLEL suitable for mtcrf. */
3094
3095 int
3096 mtcrf_operation (op, mode)
3097 rtx op;
3098 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3099 {
3100 int count = XVECLEN (op, 0);
3101 int i;
3102 rtx src_reg;
3103
3104 /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below. */
3105 if (count < 1
3106 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET
3107 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != UNSPEC
3108 || XVECLEN (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)), 0) != 2)
3109 return 0;
3110 src_reg = XVECEXP (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)), 0, 0);
3111
3112 if (GET_CODE (src_reg) != REG
3113 || GET_MODE (src_reg) != SImode
3114 || ! INT_REGNO_P (REGNO (src_reg)))
3115 return 0;
3116
3117 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
3118 {
3119 rtx exp = XVECEXP (op, 0, i);
3120 rtx unspec;
3121 int maskval;
3122
3123 if (GET_CODE (exp) != SET
3124 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (exp)) != REG
3125 || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (exp)) != CCmode
3126 || ! CR_REGNO_P (REGNO (SET_DEST (exp))))
3127 return 0;
3128 unspec = SET_SRC (exp);
3129 maskval = 1 << (MAX_CR_REGNO - REGNO (SET_DEST (exp)));
3130
3131 if (GET_CODE (unspec) != UNSPEC
3132 || XINT (unspec, 1) != 20
3133 || XVECLEN (unspec, 0) != 2
3134 || XVECEXP (unspec, 0, 0) != src_reg
3135 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (unspec, 0, 1)) != CONST_INT
3136 || INTVAL (XVECEXP (unspec, 0, 1)) != maskval)
3137 return 0;
3138 }
3139 return 1;
3140 }
3141
3142 /* Return 1 for an PARALLEL suitable for lmw. */
3143
3144 int
3145 lmw_operation (op, mode)
3146 rtx op;
3147 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3148 {
3149 int count = XVECLEN (op, 0);
3150 unsigned int dest_regno;
3151 rtx src_addr;
3152 unsigned int base_regno;
3153 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3154 int i;
3155
3156 /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below. */
3157 if (count <= 1
3158 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET
3159 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != REG
3160 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != MEM)
3161 return 0;
3162
3163 dest_regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)));
3164 src_addr = XEXP (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)), 0);
3165
3166 if (dest_regno > 31
3167 || count != 32 - (int) dest_regno)
3168 return 0;
3169
3170 if (LEGITIMATE_INDIRECT_ADDRESS_P (src_addr, 0))
3171 {
3172 offset = 0;
3173 base_regno = REGNO (src_addr);
3174 if (base_regno == 0)
3175 return 0;
3176 }
3177 else if (LEGITIMATE_OFFSET_ADDRESS_P (SImode, src_addr, 0))
3178 {
3179 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src_addr, 1));
3180 base_regno = REGNO (XEXP (src_addr, 0));
3181 }
3182 else
3183 return 0;
3184
3185 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
3186 {
3187 rtx elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, i);
3188 rtx newaddr;
3189 rtx addr_reg;
3190 HOST_WIDE_INT newoffset;
3191
3192 if (GET_CODE (elt) != SET
3193 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != REG
3194 || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != SImode
3195 || REGNO (SET_DEST (elt)) != dest_regno + i
3196 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != MEM
3197 || GET_MODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != SImode)
3198 return 0;
3199 newaddr = XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 0);
3200 if (LEGITIMATE_INDIRECT_ADDRESS_P (newaddr, 0))
3201 {
3202 newoffset = 0;
3203 addr_reg = newaddr;
3204 }
3205 else if (LEGITIMATE_OFFSET_ADDRESS_P (SImode, newaddr, 0))
3206 {
3207 addr_reg = XEXP (newaddr, 0);
3208 newoffset = INTVAL (XEXP (newaddr, 1));
3209 }
3210 else
3211 return 0;
3212 if (REGNO (addr_reg) != base_regno
3213 || newoffset != offset + 4 * i)
3214 return 0;
3215 }
3216
3217 return 1;
3218 }
3219
3220 /* Return 1 for an PARALLEL suitable for stmw. */
3221
3222 int
3223 stmw_operation (op, mode)
3224 rtx op;
3225 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3226 {
3227 int count = XVECLEN (op, 0);
3228 unsigned int src_regno;
3229 rtx dest_addr;
3230 unsigned int base_regno;
3231 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3232 int i;
3233
3234 /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below. */
3235 if (count <= 1
3236 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET
3237 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != MEM
3238 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) != REG)
3239 return 0;
3240
3241 src_regno = REGNO (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)));
3242 dest_addr = XEXP (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)), 0);
3243
3244 if (src_regno > 31
3245 || count != 32 - (int) src_regno)
3246 return 0;
3247
3248 if (LEGITIMATE_INDIRECT_ADDRESS_P (dest_addr, 0))
3249 {
3250 offset = 0;
3251 base_regno = REGNO (dest_addr);
3252 if (base_regno == 0)
3253 return 0;
3254 }
3255 else if (LEGITIMATE_OFFSET_ADDRESS_P (SImode, dest_addr, 0))
3256 {
3257 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (dest_addr, 1));
3258 base_regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest_addr, 0));
3259 }
3260 else
3261 return 0;
3262
3263 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
3264 {
3265 rtx elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, i);
3266 rtx newaddr;
3267 rtx addr_reg;
3268 HOST_WIDE_INT newoffset;
3269
3270 if (GET_CODE (elt) != SET
3271 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != REG
3272 || GET_MODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != SImode
3273 || REGNO (SET_SRC (elt)) != src_regno + i
3274 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != MEM
3275 || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != SImode)
3276 return 0;
3277 newaddr = XEXP (SET_DEST (elt), 0);
3278 if (LEGITIMATE_INDIRECT_ADDRESS_P (newaddr, 0))
3279 {
3280 newoffset = 0;
3281 addr_reg = newaddr;
3282 }
3283 else if (LEGITIMATE_OFFSET_ADDRESS_P (SImode, newaddr, 0))
3284 {
3285 addr_reg = XEXP (newaddr, 0);
3286 newoffset = INTVAL (XEXP (newaddr, 1));
3287 }
3288 else
3289 return 0;
3290 if (REGNO (addr_reg) != base_regno
3291 || newoffset != offset + 4 * i)
3292 return 0;
3293 }
3294
3295 return 1;
3296 }
3297 \f
3298
3299 /* A validation routine: say whether CODE, a condition code,
3300 and MODE match. The other alternatives either don't make
3301 sense or should never be generated. */
3302 static void
3303 validate_condition_mode (code, mode)
3304 enum rtx_code code;
3305 enum machine_mode mode;
3306 {
3307 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<'
3308 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
3309 abort ();
3310
3311 /* These don't make sense. */
3312 if ((code == GT || code == LT || code == GE || code == LE)
3313 && mode == CCUNSmode)
3314 abort ();
3315
3316 if ((code == GTU || code == LTU || code == GEU || code == LEU)
3317 && mode != CCUNSmode)
3318 abort ();
3319
3320 if (mode != CCFPmode
3321 && (code == ORDERED || code == UNORDERED
3322 || code == UNEQ || code == LTGT
3323 || code == UNGT || code == UNLT
3324 || code == UNGE || code == UNLE))
3325 abort();
3326
3327 /* These should never be generated except for
3328 flag_unsafe_math_optimizations. */
3329 if (mode == CCFPmode
3330 && ! flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
3331 && (code == LE || code == GE
3332 || code == UNEQ || code == LTGT
3333 || code == UNGT || code == UNLT))
3334 abort ();
3335
3336 /* These are invalid; the information is not there. */
3337 if (mode == CCEQmode
3338 && code != EQ && code != NE)
3339 abort ();
3340 }
3341
3342 /* Return 1 if OP is a comparison operation that is valid for a branch insn.
3343 We only check the opcode against the mode of the CC value here. */
3344
3345 int
3346 branch_comparison_operator (op, mode)
3347 register rtx op;
3348 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3349 {
3350 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
3351 enum machine_mode cc_mode;
3352
3353 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
3354 return 0;
3355
3356 cc_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
3357 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (cc_mode) != MODE_CC)
3358 return 0;
3359
3360 validate_condition_mode (code, cc_mode);
3361
3362 return 1;
3363 }
3364
3365 /* Return 1 if OP is a comparison operation that is valid for a branch
3366 insn and which is true if the corresponding bit in the CC register
3367 is set. */
3368
3369 int
3370 branch_positive_comparison_operator (op, mode)
3371 register rtx op;
3372 enum machine_mode mode;
3373 {
3374 enum rtx_code code;
3375
3376 if (! branch_comparison_operator (op, mode))
3377 return 0;
3378
3379 code = GET_CODE (op);
3380 return (code == EQ || code == LT || code == GT
3381 || code == LTU || code == GTU
3382 || code == UNORDERED);
3383 }
3384
3385
3386 /* Return 1 if OP is a comparison operation that is valid for an scc insn.
3387 We check the opcode against the mode of the CC value and disallow EQ or
3388 NE comparisons for integers. */
3389
3390 int
3391 scc_comparison_operator (op, mode)
3392 register rtx op;
3393 enum machine_mode mode;
3394 {
3395 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
3396 enum machine_mode cc_mode;
3397
3398 if (GET_MODE (op) != mode && mode != VOIDmode)
3399 return 0;
3400
3401 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
3402 return 0;
3403
3404 cc_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
3405 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (cc_mode) != MODE_CC)
3406 return 0;
3407
3408 validate_condition_mode (code, cc_mode);
3409
3410 if (code == NE && cc_mode != CCFPmode)
3411 return 0;
3412
3413 return 1;
3414 }
3415
3416 int
3417 trap_comparison_operator (op, mode)
3418 rtx op;
3419 enum machine_mode mode;
3420 {
3421 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != GET_MODE (op))
3422 return 0;
3423 return GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) == '<';
3424 }
3425
3426 int
3427 boolean_operator (op, mode)
3428 rtx op;
3429 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3430 {
3431 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
3432 return (code == AND || code == IOR || code == XOR);
3433 }
3434
3435 int
3436 boolean_or_operator (op, mode)
3437 rtx op;
3438 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3439 {
3440 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
3441 return (code == IOR || code == XOR);
3442 }
3443 \f
3444 /* Return 1 if ANDOP is a mask that has no bits on that are not in the
3445 mask required to convert the result of a rotate insn into a shift
3446 left insn of SHIFTOP bits. Both are known to be CONST_INT. */
3447
3448 int
3449 includes_lshift_p (shiftop, andop)
3450 register rtx shiftop;
3451 register rtx andop;
3452 {
3453 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask = ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0;
3454
3455 shift_mask <<= INTVAL (shiftop);
3456
3457 return (INTVAL (andop) & ~shift_mask) == 0;
3458 }
3459
3460 /* Similar, but for right shift. */
3461
3462 int
3463 includes_rshift_p (shiftop, andop)
3464 register rtx shiftop;
3465 register rtx andop;
3466 {
3467 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask = ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0;
3468
3469 shift_mask >>= INTVAL (shiftop);
3470
3471 return (INTVAL (andop) & ~shift_mask) == 0;
3472 }
3473
3474 /* Return 1 if ANDOP is a mask that has no bits on that are not in the
3475 mask required to convert the result of a rotate insn into a shift
3476 left insn of SHIFTOP bits. */
3477
3478 int
3479 includes_lshift64_p (shiftop, andop)
3480 register rtx shiftop;
3481 register rtx andop;
3482 {
3483 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
3484 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask = ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0;
3485
3486 shift_mask <<= INTVAL (shiftop);
3487
3488 return (INTVAL (andop) & ~shift_mask) == 0;
3489 #else
3490 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask_low = ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0;
3491 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask_high = ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0;
3492
3493 shift_mask_low <<= INTVAL (shiftop);
3494
3495 if (INTVAL (shiftop) > 32)
3496 shift_mask_high <<= (INTVAL (shiftop) - 32);
3497
3498 if (GET_CODE (andop) == CONST_INT)
3499 return (INTVAL (andop) & ~shift_mask_low) == 0;
3500 else
3501 return ((CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (andop) & ~shift_mask_high) == 0
3502 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (andop) & ~shift_mask_low) == 0);
3503 #endif
3504 }
3505
3506 /* Return 1 if REGNO (reg1) == REGNO (reg2) - 1 making them candidates
3507 for lfq and stfq insns.
3508
3509 Note reg1 and reg2 *must* be hard registers. To be sure we will
3510 abort if we are passed pseudo registers. */
3511
3512 int
3513 registers_ok_for_quad_peep (reg1, reg2)
3514 rtx reg1, reg2;
3515 {
3516 /* We might have been passed a SUBREG. */
3517 if (GET_CODE (reg1) != REG || GET_CODE (reg2) != REG)
3518 return 0;
3519
3520 return (REGNO (reg1) == REGNO (reg2) - 1);
3521 }
3522
3523 /* Return 1 if addr1 and addr2 are suitable for lfq or stfq insn. addr1 and
3524 addr2 must be in consecutive memory locations (addr2 == addr1 + 8). */
3525
3526 int
3527 addrs_ok_for_quad_peep (addr1, addr2)
3528 register rtx addr1;
3529 register rtx addr2;
3530 {
3531 unsigned int reg1;
3532 int offset1;
3533
3534 /* Extract an offset (if used) from the first addr. */
3535 if (GET_CODE (addr1) == PLUS)
3536 {
3537 /* If not a REG, return zero. */
3538 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr1, 0)) != REG)
3539 return 0;
3540 else
3541 {
3542 reg1 = REGNO (XEXP (addr1, 0));
3543 /* The offset must be constant! */
3544 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr1, 1)) != CONST_INT)
3545 return 0;
3546 offset1 = INTVAL (XEXP (addr1, 1));
3547 }
3548 }
3549 else if (GET_CODE (addr1) != REG)
3550 return 0;
3551 else
3552 {
3553 reg1 = REGNO (addr1);
3554 /* This was a simple (mem (reg)) expression. Offset is 0. */
3555 offset1 = 0;
3556 }
3557
3558 /* Make sure the second address is a (mem (plus (reg) (const_int))). */
3559 if (GET_CODE (addr2) != PLUS)
3560 return 0;
3561
3562 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr2, 0)) != REG
3563 || GET_CODE (XEXP (addr2, 1)) != CONST_INT)
3564 return 0;
3565
3566 if (reg1 != REGNO (XEXP (addr2, 0)))
3567 return 0;
3568
3569 /* The offset for the second addr must be 8 more than the first addr. */
3570 if (INTVAL (XEXP (addr2, 1)) != offset1 + 8)
3571 return 0;
3572
3573 /* All the tests passed. addr1 and addr2 are valid for lfq or stfq
3574 instructions. */
3575 return 1;
3576 }
3577 \f
3578 /* Return the register class of a scratch register needed to copy IN into
3579 or out of a register in CLASS in MODE. If it can be done directly,
3580 NO_REGS is returned. */
3581
3582 enum reg_class
3583 secondary_reload_class (class, mode, in)
3584 enum reg_class class;
3585 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3586 rtx in;
3587 {
3588 int regno;
3589
3590 #if TARGET_ELF
3591 /* We can not copy a symbolic operand directly into anything other than
3592 BASE_REGS for TARGET_ELF. So indicate that a register from BASE_REGS
3593 is needed as an intermediate register. */
3594 if (class != BASE_REGS
3595 && (GET_CODE (in) == SYMBOL_REF
3596 || GET_CODE (in) == HIGH
3597 || GET_CODE (in) == LABEL_REF
3598 || GET_CODE (in) == CONST))
3599 return BASE_REGS;
3600 #endif
3601
3602 if (GET_CODE (in) == REG)
3603 {
3604 regno = REGNO (in);
3605 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3606 {
3607 regno = true_regnum (in);
3608 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3609 regno = -1;
3610 }
3611 }
3612 else if (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG)
3613 {
3614 regno = true_regnum (in);
3615 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3616 regno = -1;
3617 }
3618 else
3619 regno = -1;
3620
3621 /* We can place anything into GENERAL_REGS and can put GENERAL_REGS
3622 into anything. */
3623 if (class == GENERAL_REGS || class == BASE_REGS
3624 || (regno >= 0 && INT_REGNO_P (regno)))
3625 return NO_REGS;
3626
3627 /* Constants, memory, and FP registers can go into FP registers. */
3628 if ((regno == -1 || FP_REGNO_P (regno))
3629 && (class == FLOAT_REGS || class == NON_SPECIAL_REGS))
3630 return NO_REGS;
3631
3632 /* We can copy among the CR registers. */
3633 if ((class == CR_REGS || class == CR0_REGS)
3634 && regno >= 0 && CR_REGNO_P (regno))
3635 return NO_REGS;
3636
3637 /* Otherwise, we need GENERAL_REGS. */
3638 return GENERAL_REGS;
3639 }
3640 \f
3641 /* Given a comparison operation, return the bit number in CCR to test. We
3642 know this is a valid comparison.
3643
3644 SCC_P is 1 if this is for an scc. That means that %D will have been
3645 used instead of %C, so the bits will be in different places.
3646
3647 Return -1 if OP isn't a valid comparison for some reason. */
3648
3649 int
3650 ccr_bit (op, scc_p)
3651 register rtx op;
3652 int scc_p;
3653 {
3654 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
3655 enum machine_mode cc_mode;
3656 int cc_regnum;
3657 int base_bit;
3658 rtx reg;
3659
3660 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
3661 return -1;
3662
3663 reg = XEXP (op, 0);
3664
3665 if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG
3666 || ! CR_REGNO_P (REGNO (reg)))
3667 abort ();
3668
3669 cc_mode = GET_MODE (reg);
3670 cc_regnum = REGNO (reg);
3671 base_bit = 4 * (cc_regnum - CR0_REGNO);
3672
3673 validate_condition_mode (code, cc_mode);
3674
3675 switch (code)
3676 {
3677 case NE:
3678 return scc_p ? base_bit + 3 : base_bit + 2;
3679 case EQ:
3680 return base_bit + 2;
3681 case GT: case GTU: case UNLE:
3682 return base_bit + 1;
3683 case LT: case LTU: case UNGE:
3684 return base_bit;
3685 case ORDERED: case UNORDERED:
3686 return base_bit + 3;
3687
3688 case GE: case GEU:
3689 /* If scc, we will have done a cror to put the bit in the
3690 unordered position. So test that bit. For integer, this is ! LT
3691 unless this is an scc insn. */
3692 return scc_p ? base_bit + 3 : base_bit;
3693
3694 case LE: case LEU:
3695 return scc_p ? base_bit + 3 : base_bit + 1;
3696
3697 default:
3698 abort ();
3699 }
3700 }
3701 \f
3702 /* Return the GOT register. */
3703
3704 struct rtx_def *
3705 rs6000_got_register (value)
3706 rtx value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3707 {
3708 /* The second flow pass currently (June 1999) can't update regs_ever_live
3709 without disturbing other parts of the compiler, so update it here to
3710 make the prolog/epilogue code happy. */
3711 if (no_new_pseudos && ! regs_ever_live[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM])
3712 regs_ever_live[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;
3713
3714 current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
3715
3716 return pic_offset_table_rtx;
3717 }
3718 \f
3719 /* Functions to init, mark and free struct machine_function.
3720 These will be called, via pointer variables,
3721 from push_function_context and pop_function_context. */
3722
3723 static void
3724 rs6000_init_machine_status (p)
3725 struct function *p;
3726 {
3727 p->machine = (machine_function *) xcalloc (1, sizeof (machine_function));
3728 }
3729
3730 static void
3731 rs6000_mark_machine_status (p)
3732 struct function *p;
3733 {
3734 if (p->machine)
3735 ggc_mark_rtx (p->machine->ra_rtx);
3736 }
3737
3738 static void
3739 rs6000_free_machine_status (p)
3740 struct function *p;
3741 {
3742 if (p->machine == NULL)
3743 return;
3744
3745 free (p->machine);
3746 p->machine = NULL;
3747 }
3748
3749 \f
3750 /* Print an operand. Recognize special options, documented below. */
3751
3752 #if TARGET_ELF
3753 #define SMALL_DATA_RELOC ((rs6000_sdata == SDATA_EABI) ? "sda21" : "sdarel")
3754 #define SMALL_DATA_REG ((rs6000_sdata == SDATA_EABI) ? 0 : 13)
3755 #else
3756 #define SMALL_DATA_RELOC "sda21"
3757 #define SMALL_DATA_REG 0
3758 #endif
3759
3760 void
3761 print_operand (file, x, code)
3762 FILE *file;
3763 rtx x;
3764 int code;
3765 {
3766 int i;
3767 HOST_WIDE_INT val;
3768
3769 /* These macros test for integers and extract the low-order bits. */
3770 #define INT_P(X) \
3771 ((GET_CODE (X) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (X) == CONST_DOUBLE) \
3772 && GET_MODE (X) == VOIDmode)
3773
3774 #define INT_LOWPART(X) \
3775 (GET_CODE (X) == CONST_INT ? INTVAL (X) : CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (X))
3776
3777 switch (code)
3778 {
3779 case '.':
3780 /* Write out an instruction after the call which may be replaced
3781 with glue code by the loader. This depends on the AIX version. */
3782 asm_fprintf (file, RS6000_CALL_GLUE);
3783 return;
3784
3785 case '$':
3786 /* Write out either a '.' or '$' for the current location, depending
3787 on whether this is Solaris or not. */
3788 putc ((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS) ? '.' : '$', file);
3789 return;
3790
3791 /* %a is output_address. */
3792
3793 case 'A':
3794 /* If X is a constant integer whose low-order 5 bits are zero,
3795 write 'l'. Otherwise, write 'r'. This is a kludge to fix a bug
3796 in the AIX assembler where "sri" with a zero shift count
3797 write a trash instruction. */
3798 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && (INTVAL (x) & 31) == 0)
3799 putc ('l', file);
3800 else
3801 putc ('r', file);
3802 return;
3803
3804 case 'b':
3805 /* If constant, low-order 16 bits of constant, unsigned.
3806 Otherwise, write normally. */
3807 if (INT_P (x))
3808 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INT_LOWPART (x) & 0xffff);
3809 else
3810 print_operand (file, x, 0);
3811 return;
3812
3813 case 'B':
3814 /* If the low-order bit is zero, write 'r'; otherwise, write 'l'
3815 for 64-bit mask direction. */
3816 putc (((INT_LOWPART(x) & 1) == 0 ? 'r' : 'l'), file);
3817 return;
3818
3819 /* %c is output_addr_const if a CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P, otherwise
3820 output_operand. */
3821
3822 case 'D':
3823 /* There used to be a comment for 'C' reading "This is an
3824 optional cror needed for certain floating-point
3825 comparisons. Otherwise write nothing." */
3826
3827 /* Similar, except that this is for an scc, so we must be able to
3828 encode the test in a single bit that is one. We do the above
3829 for any LE, GE, GEU, or LEU and invert the bit for NE. */
3830 if (GET_CODE (x) == LE || GET_CODE (x) == GE
3831 || GET_CODE (x) == LEU || GET_CODE (x) == GEU)
3832 {
3833 int base_bit = 4 * (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) - CR0_REGNO);
3834
3835 fprintf (file, "cror %d,%d,%d\n\t", base_bit + 3,
3836 base_bit + 2,
3837 base_bit + (GET_CODE (x) == GE || GET_CODE (x) == GEU));
3838 }
3839
3840 else if (GET_CODE (x) == NE)
3841 {
3842 int base_bit = 4 * (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) - CR0_REGNO);
3843
3844 fprintf (file, "crnor %d,%d,%d\n\t", base_bit + 3,
3845 base_bit + 2, base_bit + 2);
3846 }
3847 return;
3848
3849 case 'E':
3850 /* X is a CR register. Print the number of the EQ bit of the CR */
3851 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || ! CR_REGNO_P (REGNO (x)))
3852 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%E value");
3853 else
3854 fprintf (file, "%d", 4 * (REGNO (x) - CR0_REGNO) + 2);
3855 return;
3856
3857 case 'f':
3858 /* X is a CR register. Print the shift count needed to move it
3859 to the high-order four bits. */
3860 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || ! CR_REGNO_P (REGNO (x)))
3861 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%f value");
3862 else
3863 fprintf (file, "%d", 4 * (REGNO (x) - CR0_REGNO));
3864 return;
3865
3866 case 'F':
3867 /* Similar, but print the count for the rotate in the opposite
3868 direction. */
3869 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || ! CR_REGNO_P (REGNO (x)))
3870 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%F value");
3871 else
3872 fprintf (file, "%d", 32 - 4 * (REGNO (x) - CR0_REGNO));
3873 return;
3874
3875 case 'G':
3876 /* X is a constant integer. If it is negative, print "m",
3877 otherwise print "z". This is to make a aze or ame insn. */
3878 if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT)
3879 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%G value");
3880 else if (INTVAL (x) >= 0)
3881 putc ('z', file);
3882 else
3883 putc ('m', file);
3884 return;
3885
3886 case 'h':
3887 /* If constant, output low-order five bits. Otherwise,
3888 write normally. */
3889 if (INT_P (x))
3890 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INT_LOWPART (x) & 31);
3891 else
3892 print_operand (file, x, 0);
3893 return;
3894
3895 case 'H':
3896 /* If constant, output low-order six bits. Otherwise,
3897 write normally. */
3898 if (INT_P (x))
3899 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INT_LOWPART (x) & 63);
3900 else
3901 print_operand (file, x, 0);
3902 return;
3903
3904 case 'I':
3905 /* Print `i' if this is a constant, else nothing. */
3906 if (INT_P (x))
3907 putc ('i', file);
3908 return;
3909
3910 case 'j':
3911 /* Write the bit number in CCR for jump. */
3912 i = ccr_bit (x, 0);
3913 if (i == -1)
3914 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%j code");
3915 else
3916 fprintf (file, "%d", i);
3917 return;
3918
3919 case 'J':
3920 /* Similar, but add one for shift count in rlinm for scc and pass
3921 scc flag to `ccr_bit'. */
3922 i = ccr_bit (x, 1);
3923 if (i == -1)
3924 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%J code");
3925 else
3926 /* If we want bit 31, write a shift count of zero, not 32. */
3927 fprintf (file, "%d", i == 31 ? 0 : i + 1);
3928 return;
3929
3930 case 'k':
3931 /* X must be a constant. Write the 1's complement of the
3932 constant. */
3933 if (! INT_P (x))
3934 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%k value");
3935 else
3936 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, ~ INT_LOWPART (x));
3937 return;
3938
3939 case 'K':
3940 /* X must be a symbolic constant on ELF. Write an
3941 expression suitable for an 'addi' that adds in the low 16
3942 bits of the MEM. */
3943 if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST)
3944 {
3945 print_operand_address (file, x);
3946 fputs ("@l", file);
3947 }
3948 else
3949 {
3950 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != PLUS
3951 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
3952 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
3953 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
3954 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%K value");
3955 print_operand_address (file, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
3956 fputs ("@l", file);
3957 print_operand (file, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), 0);
3958 }
3959 return;
3960
3961 /* %l is output_asm_label. */
3962
3963 case 'L':
3964 /* Write second word of DImode or DFmode reference. Works on register
3965 or non-indexed memory only. */
3966 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
3967 fprintf (file, "%s", reg_names[REGNO (x) + 1]);
3968 else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
3969 {
3970 /* Handle possible auto-increment. Since it is pre-increment and
3971 we have already done it, we can just use an offset of word. */
3972 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_INC
3973 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
3974 output_address (plus_constant_for_output (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
3975 UNITS_PER_WORD));
3976 else
3977 output_address (plus_constant_for_output (XEXP (x, 0),
3978 UNITS_PER_WORD));
3979 if (small_data_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))
3980 fprintf (file, "@%s(%s)", SMALL_DATA_RELOC,
3981 reg_names[SMALL_DATA_REG]);
3982 }
3983 return;
3984
3985 case 'm':
3986 /* MB value for a mask operand. */
3987 if (! mask_operand (x, VOIDmode))
3988 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%m value");
3989
3990 val = INT_LOWPART (x);
3991
3992 /* If the high bit is set and the low bit is not, the value is zero.
3993 If the high bit is zero, the value is the first 1 bit we find from
3994 the left. */
3995 if ((val & 0x80000000) && ((val & 1) == 0))
3996 {
3997 putc ('0', file);
3998 return;
3999 }
4000 else if ((val & 0x80000000) == 0)
4001 {
4002 for (i = 1; i < 32; i++)
4003 if ((val <<= 1) & 0x80000000)
4004 break;
4005 fprintf (file, "%d", i);
4006 return;
4007 }
4008
4009 /* Otherwise, look for the first 0 bit from the right. The result is its
4010 number plus 1. We know the low-order bit is one. */
4011 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4012 if (((val >>= 1) & 1) == 0)
4013 break;
4014
4015 /* If we ended in ...01, i would be 0. The correct value is 31, so
4016 we want 31 - i. */
4017 fprintf (file, "%d", 31 - i);
4018 return;
4019
4020 case 'M':
4021 /* ME value for a mask operand. */
4022 if (! mask_operand (x, VOIDmode))
4023 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%M value");
4024
4025 val = INT_LOWPART (x);
4026
4027 /* If the low bit is set and the high bit is not, the value is 31.
4028 If the low bit is zero, the value is the first 1 bit we find from
4029 the right. */
4030 if ((val & 1) && ((val & 0x80000000) == 0))
4031 {
4032 fputs ("31", file);
4033 return;
4034 }
4035 else if ((val & 1) == 0)
4036 {
4037 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4038 if ((val >>= 1) & 1)
4039 break;
4040
4041 /* If we had ....10, i would be 0. The result should be
4042 30, so we need 30 - i. */
4043 fprintf (file, "%d", 30 - i);
4044 return;
4045 }
4046
4047 /* Otherwise, look for the first 0 bit from the left. The result is its
4048 number minus 1. We know the high-order bit is one. */
4049 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4050 if (((val <<= 1) & 0x80000000) == 0)
4051 break;
4052
4053 fprintf (file, "%d", i);
4054 return;
4055
4056 /* %n outputs the negative of its operand. */
4057
4058 case 'N':
4059 /* Write the number of elements in the vector times 4. */
4060 if (GET_CODE (x) != PARALLEL)
4061 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%N value");
4062 else
4063 fprintf (file, "%d", XVECLEN (x, 0) * 4);
4064 return;
4065
4066 case 'O':
4067 /* Similar, but subtract 1 first. */
4068 if (GET_CODE (x) != PARALLEL)
4069 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%O value");
4070 else
4071 fprintf (file, "%d", (XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1) * 4);
4072 return;
4073
4074 case 'p':
4075 /* X is a CONST_INT that is a power of two. Output the logarithm. */
4076 if (! INT_P (x)
4077 || (i = exact_log2 (INT_LOWPART (x))) < 0)
4078 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%p value");
4079 else
4080 fprintf (file, "%d", i);
4081 return;
4082
4083 case 'P':
4084 /* The operand must be an indirect memory reference. The result
4085 is the register number. */
4086 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != REG
4087 || REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) >= 32)
4088 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%P value");
4089 else
4090 fprintf (file, "%d", REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)));
4091 return;
4092
4093 case 'q':
4094 /* This outputs the logical code corresponding to a boolean
4095 expression. The expression may have one or both operands
4096 negated (if one, only the first one). For condition register
4097 logical operations, it will also treat the negated
4098 CR codes as NOTs, but not handle NOTs of them. */
4099 {
4100 const char *const *t = 0;
4101 const char *s;
4102 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
4103 static const char * const tbl[3][3] = {
4104 { "and", "andc", "nor" },
4105 { "or", "orc", "nand" },
4106 { "xor", "eqv", "xor" } };
4107
4108 if (code == AND)
4109 t = tbl[0];
4110 else if (code == IOR)
4111 t = tbl[1];
4112 else if (code == XOR)
4113 t = tbl[2];
4114 else
4115 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%q value");
4116
4117 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != NOT)
4118 s = t[0];
4119 else
4120 {
4121 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == NOT)
4122 s = t[2];
4123 else
4124 s = t[1];
4125 }
4126
4127 fputs (s, file);
4128 }
4129 return;
4130
4131 case 'R':
4132 /* X is a CR register. Print the mask for `mtcrf'. */
4133 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || ! CR_REGNO_P (REGNO (x)))
4134 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%R value");
4135 else
4136 fprintf (file, "%d", 128 >> (REGNO (x) - CR0_REGNO));
4137 return;
4138
4139 case 's':
4140 /* Low 5 bits of 32 - value */
4141 if (! INT_P (x))
4142 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s value");
4143 else
4144 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, (32 - INT_LOWPART (x)) & 31);
4145 return;
4146
4147 case 'S':
4148 /* PowerPC64 mask position. All 0's and all 1's are excluded.
4149 CONST_INT 32-bit mask is considered sign-extended so any
4150 transition must occur within the CONST_INT, not on the boundary. */
4151 if (! mask64_operand (x, VOIDmode))
4152 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%S value");
4153
4154 val = INT_LOWPART (x);
4155
4156 if (val & 1) /* Clear Left */
4157 {
4158 for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
4159 if (!((val >>= 1) & 1))
4160 break;
4161
4162 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
4163 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && i == 32)
4164 {
4165 val = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
4166
4167 if (val == 0)
4168 --i;
4169 else
4170 for (i = 32; i < 64; i++)
4171 if (!((val >>= 1) & 1))
4172 break;
4173 }
4174 #endif
4175 /* i = index of last set bit from right
4176 mask begins at 63 - i from left */
4177 if (i > 63)
4178 output_operand_lossage ("%%S computed all 1's mask");
4179
4180 fprintf (file, "%d", 63 - i);
4181 return;
4182 }
4183 else /* Clear Right */
4184 {
4185 for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
4186 if ((val >>= 1) & 1)
4187 break;
4188
4189 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
4190 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && i == 32)
4191 {
4192 val = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
4193
4194 if (val == (HOST_WIDE_INT) -1)
4195 --i;
4196 else
4197 for (i = 32; i < 64; i++)
4198 if ((val >>= 1) & 1)
4199 break;
4200 }
4201 #endif
4202 /* i = index of last clear bit from right
4203 mask ends at 62 - i from left */
4204 if (i > 62)
4205 output_operand_lossage ("%%S computed all 0's mask");
4206
4207 fprintf (file, "%d", 62 - i);
4208 return;
4209 }
4210
4211 case 'T':
4212 /* Print the symbolic name of a branch target register. */
4213 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || (REGNO (x) != LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM
4214 && REGNO (x) != COUNT_REGISTER_REGNUM))
4215 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%T value");
4216 else if (REGNO (x) == LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM)
4217 fputs (TARGET_NEW_MNEMONICS ? "lr" : "r", file);
4218 else
4219 fputs ("ctr", file);
4220 return;
4221
4222 case 'u':
4223 /* High-order 16 bits of constant for use in unsigned operand. */
4224 if (! INT_P (x))
4225 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%u value");
4226 else
4227 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
4228 (INT_LOWPART (x) >> 16) & 0xffff);
4229 return;
4230
4231 case 'v':
4232 /* High-order 16 bits of constant for use in signed operand. */
4233 if (! INT_P (x))
4234 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%v value");
4235 else
4236 {
4237 int value = (INT_LOWPART (x) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4238
4239 /* Solaris assembler doesn't like lis 0,0x8000 */
4240 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS && (value & 0x8000) != 0)
4241 fprintf (file, "%d", value | (~0 << 16));
4242 else
4243 fprintf (file, "0x%x", value);
4244 return;
4245 }
4246
4247 case 'U':
4248 /* Print `u' if this has an auto-increment or auto-decrement. */
4249 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM
4250 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_INC
4251 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC))
4252 putc ('u', file);
4253 return;
4254
4255 case 'V':
4256 /* Print the trap code for this operand. */
4257 switch (GET_CODE (x))
4258 {
4259 case EQ:
4260 fputs ("eq", file); /* 4 */
4261 break;
4262 case NE:
4263 fputs ("ne", file); /* 24 */
4264 break;
4265 case LT:
4266 fputs ("lt", file); /* 16 */
4267 break;
4268 case LE:
4269 fputs ("le", file); /* 20 */
4270 break;
4271 case GT:
4272 fputs ("gt", file); /* 8 */
4273 break;
4274 case GE:
4275 fputs ("ge", file); /* 12 */
4276 break;
4277 case LTU:
4278 fputs ("llt", file); /* 2 */
4279 break;
4280 case LEU:
4281 fputs ("lle", file); /* 6 */
4282 break;
4283 case GTU:
4284 fputs ("lgt", file); /* 1 */
4285 break;
4286 case GEU:
4287 fputs ("lge", file); /* 5 */
4288 break;
4289 default:
4290 abort ();
4291 }
4292 break;
4293
4294 case 'w':
4295 /* If constant, low-order 16 bits of constant, signed. Otherwise, write
4296 normally. */
4297 if (INT_P (x))
4298 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
4299 ((INT_LOWPART (x) & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000);
4300 else
4301 print_operand (file, x, 0);
4302 return;
4303
4304 case 'W':
4305 /* MB value for a PowerPC64 rldic operand. */
4306 if (! rldic_operand (x, VOIDmode))
4307 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%W value");
4308
4309 val = (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
4310 ? INTVAL (x) : CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x));
4311
4312 if (val < 0)
4313 i = -1;
4314 else
4315 for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i++)
4316 if ((val <<= 1) < 0)
4317 break;
4318
4319 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
4320 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && i >= 0)
4321 i += 32; /* zero-extend high-part was all 0's */
4322 else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && i == 32)
4323 {
4324 val = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
4325
4326 if (val == 0)
4327 abort();
4328 else if (val < 0)
4329 --i;
4330 else
4331 for ( ; i < 64; i++)
4332 if ((val <<= 1) < 0)
4333 break;
4334 }
4335 #endif
4336
4337 fprintf (file, "%d", i + 1);
4338 return;
4339
4340 case 'X':
4341 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM
4342 && LEGITIMATE_INDEXED_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
4343 putc ('x', file);
4344 return;
4345
4346 case 'Y':
4347 /* Like 'L', for third word of TImode */
4348 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
4349 fprintf (file, "%s", reg_names[REGNO (x) + 2]);
4350 else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
4351 {
4352 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_INC
4353 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
4354 output_address (plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 8));
4355 else
4356 output_address (plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0), 8));
4357 if (small_data_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))
4358 fprintf (file, "@%s(%s)", SMALL_DATA_RELOC,
4359 reg_names[SMALL_DATA_REG]);
4360 }
4361 return;
4362
4363 case 'z':
4364 /* X is a SYMBOL_REF. Write out the name preceded by a
4365 period and without any trailing data in brackets. Used for function
4366 names. If we are configured for System V (or the embedded ABI) on
4367 the PowerPC, do not emit the period, since those systems do not use
4368 TOCs and the like. */
4369 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
4370 abort ();
4371
4372 if (XSTR (x, 0)[0] != '.')
4373 {
4374 switch (DEFAULT_ABI)
4375 {
4376 default:
4377 abort ();
4378
4379 case ABI_AIX:
4380 putc ('.', file);
4381 break;
4382
4383 case ABI_V4:
4384 case ABI_AIX_NODESC:
4385 case ABI_SOLARIS:
4386 case ABI_DARWIN:
4387 break;
4388 }
4389 }
4390 #if TARGET_AIX
4391 RS6000_OUTPUT_BASENAME (file, XSTR (x, 0));
4392 #else
4393 assemble_name (file, XSTR (x, 0));
4394 #endif
4395 return;
4396
4397 case 'Z':
4398 /* Like 'L', for last word of TImode. */
4399 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
4400 fprintf (file, "%s", reg_names[REGNO (x) + 3]);
4401 else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
4402 {
4403 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_INC
4404 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
4405 output_address (plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 12));
4406 else
4407 output_address (plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0), 12));
4408 if (small_data_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))
4409 fprintf (file, "@%s(%s)", SMALL_DATA_RELOC,
4410 reg_names[SMALL_DATA_REG]);
4411 }
4412 return;
4413
4414 case 0:
4415 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
4416 fprintf (file, "%s", reg_names[REGNO (x)]);
4417 else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
4418 {
4419 /* We need to handle PRE_INC and PRE_DEC here, since we need to
4420 know the width from the mode. */
4421 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_INC)
4422 fprintf (file, "%d(%s)", GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)),
4423 reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))]);
4424 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
4425 fprintf (file, "%d(%s)", - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)),
4426 reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))]);
4427 else
4428 output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
4429 }
4430 else
4431 output_addr_const (file, x);
4432 return;
4433
4434 default:
4435 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%xn code");
4436 }
4437 }
4438 \f
4439 /* Print the address of an operand. */
4440
4441 void
4442 print_operand_address (file, x)
4443 FILE *file;
4444 register rtx x;
4445 {
4446 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
4447 fprintf (file, "0(%s)", reg_names[ REGNO (x) ]);
4448 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (x) == CONST
4449 || GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
4450 {
4451 output_addr_const (file, x);
4452 if (small_data_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))
4453 fprintf (file, "@%s(%s)", SMALL_DATA_RELOC,
4454 reg_names[SMALL_DATA_REG]);
4455 else if (TARGET_TOC)
4456 abort();
4457 }
4458 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG)
4459 {
4460 if (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == 0)
4461 fprintf (file, "%s,%s", reg_names[ REGNO (XEXP (x, 1)) ],
4462 reg_names[ REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) ]);
4463 else
4464 fprintf (file, "%s,%s", reg_names[ REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) ],
4465 reg_names[ REGNO (XEXP (x, 1)) ]);
4466 }
4467 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
4468 {
4469 fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
4470 fprintf (file, "(%s)", reg_names[ REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) ]);
4471 }
4472 #if TARGET_ELF
4473 else if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
4474 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
4475 {
4476 output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 1));
4477 fprintf (file, "@l(%s)", reg_names[ REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) ]);
4478 }
4479 #endif
4480 else if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4481 {
4482 if (TARGET_AIX)
4483 {
4484 rtx contains_minus = XEXP (x, 1);
4485 rtx minus;
4486
4487 /* Find the (minus (sym) (toc)) buried in X, and temporarily
4488 turn it into (sym) for output_addr_const. */
4489 while (GET_CODE (XEXP (contains_minus, 0)) != MINUS)
4490 contains_minus = XEXP (contains_minus, 0);
4491
4492 minus = XEXP (contains_minus, 0);
4493 XEXP (contains_minus, 0) = XEXP (minus, 0);
4494 output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 1));
4495 XEXP (contains_minus, 0) = minus;
4496 }
4497 else
4498 output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 1));
4499
4500 fprintf (file, "(%s)", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))]);
4501 }
4502 else
4503 abort ();
4504 }
4505 \f
4506 enum rtx_code
4507 rs6000_reverse_condition (mode, code)
4508 enum machine_mode mode;
4509 enum rtx_code code;
4510 {
4511 /* Reversal of FP compares takes care -- an ordered compare
4512 becomes an unordered compare and vice versa. */
4513 if (mode == CCFPmode)
4514 return reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (code);
4515 else
4516 return reverse_condition (code);
4517 }
4518
4519
4520 /* Generate a compare for CODE. Return a brand-new rtx that
4521 represents the result of the compare. */
4522 static rtx
4523 rs6000_generate_compare (code)
4524 enum rtx_code code;
4525 {
4526 enum machine_mode comp_mode;
4527 rtx compare_result;
4528
4529 if (rs6000_compare_fp_p)
4530 comp_mode = CCFPmode;
4531 else if (code == GTU || code == LTU
4532 || code == GEU || code == LEU)
4533 comp_mode = CCUNSmode;
4534 else
4535 comp_mode = CCmode;
4536
4537 /* First, the compare. */
4538 compare_result = gen_reg_rtx (comp_mode);
4539 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, compare_result,
4540 gen_rtx_COMPARE (comp_mode,
4541 rs6000_compare_op0,
4542 rs6000_compare_op1)));
4543
4544 /* Some kinds of FP comparisons need an OR operation;
4545 except for flag_unsafe_math_optimizations we don't bother. */
4546 if (rs6000_compare_fp_p
4547 && ! flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
4548 && (code == LE || code == GE
4549 || code == UNEQ || code == LTGT
4550 || code == UNGT || code == UNLT))
4551 {
4552 enum rtx_code or1, or2;
4553 rtx or1_rtx, or2_rtx, compare2_rtx;
4554 rtx or_result = gen_reg_rtx (CCEQmode);
4555
4556 switch (code)
4557 {
4558 case LE: or1 = LT; or2 = EQ; break;
4559 case GE: or1 = GT; or2 = EQ; break;
4560 case UNEQ: or1 = UNORDERED; or2 = EQ; break;
4561 case LTGT: or1 = LT; or2 = GT; break;
4562 case UNGT: or1 = UNORDERED; or2 = GT; break;
4563 case UNLT: or1 = UNORDERED; or2 = LT; break;
4564 default: abort ();
4565 }
4566 validate_condition_mode (or1, comp_mode);
4567 validate_condition_mode (or2, comp_mode);
4568 or1_rtx = gen_rtx (or1, SImode, compare_result, const0_rtx);
4569 or2_rtx = gen_rtx (or2, SImode, compare_result, const0_rtx);
4570 compare2_rtx = gen_rtx_COMPARE (CCEQmode,
4571 gen_rtx_IOR (SImode, or1_rtx, or2_rtx),
4572 const_true_rtx);
4573 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, or_result, compare2_rtx));
4574
4575 compare_result = or_result;
4576 code = EQ;
4577 }
4578
4579 validate_condition_mode (code, GET_MODE (compare_result));
4580
4581 return gen_rtx (code, VOIDmode, compare_result, const0_rtx);
4582 }
4583
4584
4585 /* Emit the RTL for an sCOND pattern. */
4586
4587 void
4588 rs6000_emit_sCOND (code, result)
4589 enum rtx_code code;
4590 rtx result;
4591 {
4592 rtx condition_rtx;
4593 enum machine_mode op_mode;
4594
4595 condition_rtx = rs6000_generate_compare (code);
4596
4597 op_mode = GET_MODE (rs6000_compare_op0);
4598 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
4599 op_mode = GET_MODE (rs6000_compare_op1);
4600
4601 if (TARGET_POWERPC64 && (op_mode == DImode || rs6000_compare_fp_p))
4602 {
4603 PUT_MODE (condition_rtx, DImode);
4604 convert_move (result, condition_rtx, 0);
4605 }
4606 else
4607 {
4608 PUT_MODE (condition_rtx, SImode);
4609 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, result, condition_rtx));
4610 }
4611 }
4612
4613
4614 /* Emit a branch of kind CODE to location LOC. */
4615
4616 void
4617 rs6000_emit_cbranch (code, loc)
4618 enum rtx_code code;
4619 rtx loc;
4620 {
4621 rtx condition_rtx, loc_ref;
4622
4623 condition_rtx = rs6000_generate_compare (code);
4624 loc_ref = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, loc);
4625 emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, pc_rtx,
4626 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode, condition_rtx,
4627 loc_ref, pc_rtx)));
4628 }
4629
4630
4631 /* Return the string to output a conditional branch to LABEL, which is
4632 the operand number of the label, or -1 if the branch is really a
4633 conditional return.
4634
4635 OP is the conditional expression. XEXP (OP, 0) is assumed to be a
4636 condition code register and its mode specifies what kind of
4637 comparison we made.
4638
4639 REVERSED is non-zero if we should reverse the sense of the comparison.
4640
4641 INSN is the insn. */
4642
4643 char *
4644 output_cbranch (op, label, reversed, insn)
4645 rtx op;
4646 const char * label;
4647 int reversed;
4648 rtx insn;
4649 {
4650 static char string[64];
4651 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
4652 rtx cc_reg = XEXP (op, 0);
4653 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (cc_reg);
4654 int cc_regno = REGNO (cc_reg) - CR0_REGNO;
4655 int need_longbranch = label != NULL && get_attr_length (insn) == 8;
4656 int really_reversed = reversed ^ need_longbranch;
4657 char *s = string;
4658 const char *ccode;
4659 const char *pred;
4660 rtx note;
4661
4662 validate_condition_mode (code, mode);
4663
4664 /* Work out which way this really branches. We could use
4665 reverse_condition_maybe_unordered here always but this
4666 makes the resulting assembler clearer. */
4667 if (really_reversed)
4668 code = rs6000_reverse_condition (mode, code);
4669
4670 switch (code)
4671 {
4672 /* Not all of these are actually distinct opcodes, but
4673 we distinguish them for clarity of the resulting assembler. */
4674 case NE: ccode = "ne"; break;
4675 case EQ: ccode = "eq"; break;
4676 case GE: case GEU: ccode = "ge"; break;
4677 case GT: case GTU: ccode = "gt"; break;
4678 case LE: case LEU: ccode = "le"; break;
4679 case LT: case LTU: ccode = "lt"; break;
4680 case UNORDERED: ccode = "un"; break;
4681 case ORDERED: ccode = "nu"; break;
4682 case UNGE: ccode = "nl"; break;
4683 case UNLE: ccode = "ng"; break;
4684 default:
4685 abort();
4686 }
4687
4688 /* Maybe we have a guess as to how likely the branch is.
4689 The old mnemonics don't have a way to specify this information. */
4690 note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, NULL_RTX);
4691 if (note != NULL_RTX)
4692 {
4693 /* PROB is the difference from 50%. */
4694 int prob = INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) - REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 2;
4695
4696 /* For branches that are very close to 50%, assume not-taken. */
4697 if (abs (prob) > REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 20
4698 && ((prob > 0) ^ need_longbranch))
4699 pred = "+";
4700 else
4701 pred = "-";
4702 }
4703 else
4704 pred = "";
4705
4706 if (label == NULL)
4707 s += sprintf (s, "{b%sr|b%slr%s} ", ccode, ccode, pred);
4708 else
4709 s += sprintf (s, "{b%s|b%s%s} ", ccode, ccode, pred);
4710
4711 /* We need to escape any '%' characters in the reg_names string.
4712 Assume they'd only be the first character... */
4713 if (reg_names[cc_regno + CR0_REGNO][0] == '%')
4714 *s++ = '%';
4715 s += sprintf (s, "%s", reg_names[cc_regno + CR0_REGNO]);
4716
4717 if (label != NULL)
4718 {
4719 /* If the branch distance was too far, we may have to use an
4720 unconditional branch to go the distance. */
4721 if (need_longbranch)
4722 s += sprintf (s, ",%c$+8\n\tb %s", '%', label);
4723 else
4724 s += sprintf (s, ",%s", label);
4725 }
4726
4727 return string;
4728 }
4729 \f
4730 /* This page contains routines that are used to determine what the function
4731 prologue and epilogue code will do and write them out. */
4732
4733 /* Return the first fixed-point register that is required to be saved. 32 if
4734 none. */
4735
4736 int
4737 first_reg_to_save ()
4738 {
4739 int first_reg;
4740
4741 /* Find lowest numbered live register. */
4742 for (first_reg = 13; first_reg <= 31; first_reg++)
4743 if (regs_ever_live[first_reg]
4744 && (! call_used_regs[first_reg]
4745 || (first_reg == PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
4746 && (((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
4747 && flag_pic == 1)
4748 || (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN
4749 && flag_pic)))))
4750 break;
4751
4752 if (profile_flag)
4753 {
4754 /* AIX must save/restore every register that contains a parameter
4755 before/after the .__mcount call plus an additional register
4756 for the static chain, if needed; use registers from 30 down to 22
4757 to do this. */
4758 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN)
4759 {
4760 int last_parm_reg, profile_first_reg;
4761
4762 /* Figure out last used parameter register. The proper thing
4763 to do is to walk incoming args of the function. A function
4764 might have live parameter registers even if it has no
4765 incoming args. */
4766 for (last_parm_reg = 10;
4767 last_parm_reg > 2 && ! regs_ever_live [last_parm_reg];
4768 last_parm_reg--)
4769 ;
4770
4771 /* Calculate first reg for saving parameter registers
4772 and static chain.
4773 Skip reg 31 which may contain the frame pointer. */
4774 profile_first_reg = (33 - last_parm_reg
4775 - (current_function_needs_context ? 1 : 0));
4776 #if TARGET_MACHO
4777 /* Need to skip another reg to account for R31 being PICBASE
4778 (when flag_pic is set) or R30 being used as the frame
4779 pointer (when flag_pic is not set). */
4780 --profile_first_reg;
4781 #endif
4782 /* Do not save frame pointer if no parameters needs to be saved. */
4783 if (profile_first_reg == 31)
4784 profile_first_reg = 32;
4785
4786 if (first_reg > profile_first_reg)
4787 first_reg = profile_first_reg;
4788 }
4789
4790 /* SVR4 may need one register to preserve the static chain. */
4791 else if (current_function_needs_context)
4792 {
4793 /* Skip reg 31 which may contain the frame pointer. */
4794 if (first_reg > 30)
4795 first_reg = 30;
4796 }
4797 }
4798
4799 #if TARGET_MACHO
4800 if (flag_pic && current_function_uses_pic_offset_table &&
4801 (first_reg > PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM))
4802 return PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM;
4803 #endif
4804
4805 return first_reg;
4806 }
4807
4808 /* Similar, for FP regs. */
4809
4810 int
4811 first_fp_reg_to_save ()
4812 {
4813 int first_reg;
4814
4815 /* Find lowest numbered live register. */
4816 for (first_reg = 14 + 32; first_reg <= 63; first_reg++)
4817 if (regs_ever_live[first_reg])
4818 break;
4819
4820 return first_reg;
4821 }
4822 \f
4823 /* Calculate the stack information for the current function. This is
4824 complicated by having two separate calling sequences, the AIX calling
4825 sequence and the V.4 calling sequence.
4826
4827 AIX (and Darwin/Mac OS) stack frames look like:
4828 32-bit 64-bit
4829 SP----> +---------------------------------------+
4830 | back chain to caller | 0 0
4831 +---------------------------------------+
4832 | saved CR | 4 8 (8-11)
4833 +---------------------------------------+
4834 | saved LR | 8 16
4835 +---------------------------------------+
4836 | reserved for compilers | 12 24
4837 +---------------------------------------+
4838 | reserved for binders | 16 32
4839 +---------------------------------------+
4840 | saved TOC pointer | 20 40
4841 +---------------------------------------+
4842 | Parameter save area (P) | 24 48
4843 +---------------------------------------+
4844 | Alloca space (A) | 24+P etc.
4845 +---------------------------------------+
4846 | Local variable space (L) | 24+P+A
4847 +---------------------------------------+
4848 | Float/int conversion temporary (X) | 24+P+A+L
4849 +---------------------------------------+
4850 | Save area for GP registers (G) | 24+P+A+X+L
4851 +---------------------------------------+
4852 | Save area for FP registers (F) | 24+P+A+X+L+G
4853 +---------------------------------------+
4854 old SP->| back chain to caller's caller |
4855 +---------------------------------------+
4856
4857 The required alignment for AIX configurations is two words (i.e., 8
4858 or 16 bytes).
4859
4860
4861 V.4 stack frames look like:
4862
4863 SP----> +---------------------------------------+
4864 | back chain to caller | 0
4865 +---------------------------------------+
4866 | caller's saved LR | 4
4867 +---------------------------------------+
4868 | Parameter save area (P) | 8
4869 +---------------------------------------+
4870 | Alloca space (A) | 8+P
4871 +---------------------------------------+
4872 | Varargs save area (V) | 8+P+A
4873 +---------------------------------------+
4874 | Local variable space (L) | 8+P+A+V
4875 +---------------------------------------+
4876 | Float/int conversion temporary (X) | 8+P+A+V+L
4877 +---------------------------------------+
4878 | saved CR (C) | 8+P+A+V+L+X
4879 +---------------------------------------+
4880 | Save area for GP registers (G) | 8+P+A+V+L+X+C
4881 +---------------------------------------+
4882 | Save area for FP registers (F) | 8+P+A+V+L+X+C+G
4883 +---------------------------------------+
4884 old SP->| back chain to caller's caller |
4885 +---------------------------------------+
4886
4887 The required alignment for V.4 is 16 bytes, or 8 bytes if -meabi is
4888 given. (But note below and in sysv4.h that we require only 8 and
4889 may round up the size of our stack frame anyways. The historical
4890 reason is early versions of powerpc-linux which didn't properly
4891 align the stack at program startup. A happy side-effect is that
4892 -mno-eabi libraries can be used with -meabi programs.)
4893
4894
4895 The EABI configuration defaults to the V.4 layout, unless
4896 -mcall-aix is used, in which case the AIX layout is used. However,
4897 the stack alignment requirements may differ. If -mno-eabi is not
4898 given, the required stack alignment is 8 bytes; if -mno-eabi is
4899 given, the required alignment is 16 bytes. (But see V.4 comment
4900 above.) */
4901
4902 #ifndef ABI_STACK_BOUNDARY
4903 #define ABI_STACK_BOUNDARY STACK_BOUNDARY
4904 #endif
4905
4906 rs6000_stack_t *
4907 rs6000_stack_info ()
4908 {
4909 static rs6000_stack_t info, zero_info;
4910 rs6000_stack_t *info_ptr = &info;
4911 int reg_size = TARGET_POWERPC64 ? 8 : 4;
4912 enum rs6000_abi abi;
4913 int ehrd_size;
4914 int total_raw_size;
4915
4916 /* Zero all fields portably */
4917 info = zero_info;
4918
4919 /* Select which calling sequence */
4920 info_ptr->abi = abi = DEFAULT_ABI;
4921
4922 /* Calculate which registers need to be saved & save area size */
4923 info_ptr->first_gp_reg_save = first_reg_to_save ();
4924 /* Assume that we will have to save PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM,
4925 even if it currently looks like we won't. */
4926 if (((flag_pic == 1
4927 && (abi == ABI_V4 || abi == ABI_SOLARIS))
4928 || (flag_pic &&
4929 abi == ABI_DARWIN))
4930 && info_ptr->first_gp_reg_save > PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)
4931 info_ptr->gp_size = reg_size * (32 - PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM);
4932 else
4933 info_ptr->gp_size = reg_size * (32 - info_ptr->first_gp_reg_save);
4934
4935 info_ptr->first_fp_reg_save = first_fp_reg_to_save ();
4936 info_ptr->fp_size = 8 * (64 - info_ptr->first_fp_reg_save);
4937
4938 /* Does this function call anything? */
4939 info_ptr->calls_p = (! current_function_is_leaf
4940 || cfun->machine->ra_needs_full_frame);
4941
4942 /* Determine if we need to save the link register */
4943 if (rs6000_ra_ever_killed ()
4944 || (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX && profile_flag)
4945 #ifdef TARGET_RELOCATABLE
4946 || (TARGET_RELOCATABLE && (get_pool_size () != 0))
4947 #endif
4948 || (info_ptr->first_fp_reg_save != 64
4949 && !FP_SAVE_INLINE (info_ptr->first_fp_reg_save))
4950 || (abi == ABI_V4 && current_function_calls_alloca)
4951 || (abi == ABI_SOLARIS && current_function_calls_alloca)
4952 || (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN && flag_pic && current_function_uses_pic_offset_table)
4953 || info_ptr->calls_p)
4954 {
4955 info_ptr->lr_save_p = 1;
4956 regs_ever_live[LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM] = 1;
4957 }
4958
4959 /* Determine if we need to save the condition code registers. */
4960 if (regs_ever_live[CR2_REGNO]
4961 || regs_ever_live[CR3_REGNO]
4962 || regs_ever_live[CR4_REGNO])
4963 {
4964 info_ptr->cr_save_p = 1;
4965 if (abi == ABI_V4 || abi == ABI_SOLARIS)
4966 info_ptr->cr_size = reg_size;
4967 }
4968
4969 /* If the current function calls __builtin_eh_return, then we need
4970 to allocate stack space for registers that will hold data for
4971 the exception handler. */
4972 if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
4973 {
4974 unsigned int i;
4975 for (i = 0; EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i) != INVALID_REGNUM; ++i)
4976 continue;
4977 ehrd_size = i * UNITS_PER_WORD;
4978 }
4979 else
4980 ehrd_size = 0;
4981
4982 /* Determine various sizes */
4983 info_ptr->reg_size = reg_size;
4984 info_ptr->fixed_size = RS6000_SAVE_AREA;
4985 info_ptr->varargs_size = RS6000_VARARGS_AREA;
4986 info_ptr->vars_size = RS6000_ALIGN (get_frame_size (), 8);
4987 info_ptr->parm_size = RS6000_ALIGN (current_function_outgoing_args_size, 8);
4988 info_ptr->save_size = RS6000_ALIGN (info_ptr->fp_size
4989 + info_ptr->gp_size
4990 + ehrd_size
4991 + info_ptr->cr_size
4992 + info_ptr->lr_size
4993 + info_ptr->toc_size, 8);
4994 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN)
4995 info_ptr->save_size = RS6000_ALIGN (info_ptr->save_size, 16);
4996
4997 /* Calculate the offsets */
4998 switch (abi)
4999 {
5000 case ABI_NONE:
5001 default:
5002 abort ();
5003
5004 case ABI_AIX:
5005 case ABI_AIX_NODESC:
5006 case ABI_DARWIN:
5007 info_ptr->fp_save_offset = - info_ptr->fp_size;
5008 info_ptr->gp_save_offset = info_ptr->fp_save_offset - info_ptr->gp_size;
5009 info_ptr->ehrd_offset = info_ptr->gp_save_offset - ehrd_size;
5010 info_ptr->cr_save_offset = reg_size; /* first word when 64-bit. */
5011 info_ptr->lr_save_offset = 2*reg_size;
5012 break;
5013
5014 case ABI_V4:
5015 case ABI_SOLARIS:
5016 info_ptr->fp_save_offset = - info_ptr->fp_size;
5017 info_ptr->gp_save_offset = info_ptr->fp_save_offset - info_ptr->gp_size;
5018 info_ptr->cr_save_offset = info_ptr->gp_save_offset - info_ptr->cr_size;
5019 info_ptr->toc_save_offset = info_ptr->cr_save_offset - info_ptr->toc_size;
5020 info_ptr->ehrd_offset = info_ptr->toc_save_offset - ehrd_size;
5021 info_ptr->lr_save_offset = reg_size;
5022 break;
5023 }
5024
5025 total_raw_size = (info_ptr->vars_size
5026 + info_ptr->parm_size
5027 + info_ptr->save_size
5028 + info_ptr->varargs_size
5029 + info_ptr->fixed_size);
5030
5031 info_ptr->total_size = RS6000_ALIGN (total_raw_size, ABI_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
5032
5033 /* Determine if we need to allocate any stack frame:
5034
5035 For AIX we need to push the stack if a frame pointer is needed (because
5036 the stack might be dynamically adjusted), if we are debugging, if we
5037 make calls, or if the sum of fp_save, gp_save, and local variables
5038 are more than the space needed to save all non-volatile registers:
5039 32-bit: 18*8 + 19*4 = 220 or 64-bit: 18*8 + 18*8 = 288 (GPR13 reserved).
5040
5041 For V.4 we don't have the stack cushion that AIX uses, but assume that
5042 the debugger can handle stackless frames. */
5043
5044 if (info_ptr->calls_p)
5045 info_ptr->push_p = 1;
5046
5047 else if (abi == ABI_V4 || abi == ABI_SOLARIS)
5048 info_ptr->push_p = (total_raw_size > info_ptr->fixed_size
5049 || info_ptr->calls_p);
5050
5051 else
5052 info_ptr->push_p = (frame_pointer_needed
5053 || (abi != ABI_DARWIN && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
5054 || ((total_raw_size - info_ptr->fixed_size)
5055 > (TARGET_32BIT ? 220 : 288)));
5056
5057 /* Zero offsets if we're not saving those registers */
5058 if (info_ptr->fp_size == 0)
5059 info_ptr->fp_save_offset = 0;
5060
5061 if (info_ptr->gp_size == 0)
5062 info_ptr->gp_save_offset = 0;
5063
5064 if (! info_ptr->lr_save_p)
5065 info_ptr->lr_save_offset = 0;
5066
5067 if (! info_ptr->cr_save_p)
5068 info_ptr->cr_save_offset = 0;
5069
5070 if (! info_ptr->toc_save_p)
5071 info_ptr->toc_save_offset = 0;
5072
5073 return info_ptr;
5074 }
5075
5076 void
5077 debug_stack_info (info)
5078 rs6000_stack_t *info;
5079 {
5080 const char *abi_string;
5081
5082 if (! info)
5083 info = rs6000_stack_info ();
5084
5085 fprintf (stderr, "\nStack information for function %s:\n",
5086 ((current_function_decl && DECL_NAME (current_function_decl))
5087 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (current_function_decl))
5088 : "<unknown>"));
5089
5090 switch (info->abi)
5091 {
5092 default: abi_string = "Unknown"; break;
5093 case ABI_NONE: abi_string = "NONE"; break;
5094 case ABI_AIX: abi_string = "AIX"; break;
5095 case ABI_AIX_NODESC: abi_string = "AIX"; break;
5096 case ABI_DARWIN: abi_string = "Darwin"; break;
5097 case ABI_V4: abi_string = "V.4"; break;
5098 case ABI_SOLARIS: abi_string = "Solaris"; break;
5099 }
5100
5101 fprintf (stderr, "\tABI = %5s\n", abi_string);
5102
5103 if (info->first_gp_reg_save != 32)
5104 fprintf (stderr, "\tfirst_gp_reg_save = %5d\n", info->first_gp_reg_save);
5105
5106 if (info->first_fp_reg_save != 64)
5107 fprintf (stderr, "\tfirst_fp_reg_save = %5d\n", info->first_fp_reg_save);
5108
5109 if (info->lr_save_p)
5110 fprintf (stderr, "\tlr_save_p = %5d\n", info->lr_save_p);
5111
5112 if (info->cr_save_p)
5113 fprintf (stderr, "\tcr_save_p = %5d\n", info->cr_save_p);
5114
5115 if (info->toc_save_p)
5116 fprintf (stderr, "\ttoc_save_p = %5d\n", info->toc_save_p);
5117
5118 if (info->push_p)
5119 fprintf (stderr, "\tpush_p = %5d\n", info->push_p);
5120
5121 if (info->calls_p)
5122 fprintf (stderr, "\tcalls_p = %5d\n", info->calls_p);
5123
5124 if (info->gp_save_offset)
5125 fprintf (stderr, "\tgp_save_offset = %5d\n", info->gp_save_offset);
5126
5127 if (info->fp_save_offset)
5128 fprintf (stderr, "\tfp_save_offset = %5d\n", info->fp_save_offset);
5129
5130 if (info->lr_save_offset)
5131 fprintf (stderr, "\tlr_save_offset = %5d\n", info->lr_save_offset);
5132
5133 if (info->cr_save_offset)
5134 fprintf (stderr, "\tcr_save_offset = %5d\n", info->cr_save_offset);
5135
5136 if (info->toc_save_offset)
5137 fprintf (stderr, "\ttoc_save_offset = %5d\n", info->toc_save_offset);
5138
5139 if (info->varargs_save_offset)
5140 fprintf (stderr, "\tvarargs_save_offset = %5d\n", info->varargs_save_offset);
5141
5142 if (info->total_size)
5143 fprintf (stderr, "\ttotal_size = %5d\n", info->total_size);
5144
5145 if (info->varargs_size)
5146 fprintf (stderr, "\tvarargs_size = %5d\n", info->varargs_size);
5147
5148 if (info->vars_size)
5149 fprintf (stderr, "\tvars_size = %5d\n", info->vars_size);
5150
5151 if (info->parm_size)
5152 fprintf (stderr, "\tparm_size = %5d\n", info->parm_size);
5153
5154 if (info->fixed_size)
5155 fprintf (stderr, "\tfixed_size = %5d\n", info->fixed_size);
5156
5157 if (info->gp_size)
5158 fprintf (stderr, "\tgp_size = %5d\n", info->gp_size);
5159
5160 if (info->fp_size)
5161 fprintf (stderr, "\tfp_size = %5d\n", info->fp_size);
5162
5163 if (info->lr_size)
5164 fprintf (stderr, "\tlr_size = %5d\n", info->cr_size);
5165
5166 if (info->cr_size)
5167 fprintf (stderr, "\tcr_size = %5d\n", info->cr_size);
5168
5169 if (info->toc_size)
5170 fprintf (stderr, "\ttoc_size = %5d\n", info->toc_size);
5171
5172 if (info->save_size)
5173 fprintf (stderr, "\tsave_size = %5d\n", info->save_size);
5174
5175 if (info->reg_size != 4)
5176 fprintf (stderr, "\treg_size = %5d\n", info->reg_size);
5177
5178 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5179 }
5180
5181 rtx
5182 rs6000_return_addr (count, frame)
5183 int count;
5184 rtx frame;
5185 {
5186 rtx init, reg;
5187
5188 /* Currently we don't optimize very well between prolog and body code and
5189 for PIC code the code can be actually quite bad, so don't try to be
5190 too clever here. */
5191 if (count != 0
5192 || flag_pic != 0
5193 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX
5194 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX_NODESC)
5195 {
5196 cfun->machine->ra_needs_full_frame = 1;
5197 return
5198 gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
5199 memory_address (Pmode,
5200 plus_constant (copy_to_reg (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
5201 memory_address (Pmode, frame))),
5202 RETURN_ADDRESS_OFFSET)));
5203 }
5204
5205 reg = cfun->machine->ra_rtx;
5206 if (reg == NULL)
5207 {
5208 /* No rtx yet. Invent one, and initialize it from LR in
5209 the prologue. */
5210 reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
5211 cfun->machine->ra_rtx = reg;
5212 init = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg,
5213 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM));
5214
5215 /* Emit the insn to the prologue with the other argument copies. */
5216 push_topmost_sequence ();
5217 emit_insn_after (init, get_insns ());
5218 pop_topmost_sequence ();
5219 }
5220
5221 return reg;
5222 }
5223
5224 static int
5225 rs6000_ra_ever_killed ()
5226 {
5227 rtx top;
5228
5229 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
5230 if (current_function_is_thunk)
5231 return 0;
5232 #endif
5233 if (!cfun->machine->ra_rtx || cfun->machine->ra_needs_full_frame)
5234 return regs_ever_live[LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM];
5235
5236 push_topmost_sequence ();
5237 top = get_insns ();
5238 pop_topmost_sequence ();
5239
5240 return reg_set_between_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM),
5241 top, NULL_RTX);
5242 }
5243 \f
5244 /* Add a REG_MAYBE_DEAD note to the insn. */
5245 static void
5246 rs6000_maybe_dead (insn)
5247 rtx insn;
5248 {
5249 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_MAYBE_DEAD,
5250 const0_rtx,
5251 REG_NOTES (insn));
5252 }
5253
5254 /* Emit instructions needed to load the TOC register.
5255 This is only needed when TARGET_TOC, TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC, and there is
5256 a constant pool; or for SVR4 -fpic. */
5257
5258 void
5259 rs6000_emit_load_toc_table (fromprolog)
5260 int fromprolog;
5261 {
5262 rtx dest;
5263 dest = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM);
5264
5265 if (TARGET_ELF)
5266 {
5267 if ((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
5268 && flag_pic == 1)
5269 {
5270 rtx temp = (fromprolog
5271 ? gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM)
5272 : gen_reg_rtx (Pmode));
5273 if (TARGET_32BIT)
5274 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_load_toc_v4_pic_si (temp)));
5275 else
5276 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_load_toc_v4_pic_di (temp)));
5277 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_move_insn (dest, temp));
5278 }
5279 else if (flag_pic == 2)
5280 {
5281 char buf[30];
5282 rtx tempLR = (fromprolog
5283 ? gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM)
5284 : gen_reg_rtx (Pmode));
5285 rtx temp0 = (fromprolog
5286 ? gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0)
5287 : gen_reg_rtx (Pmode));
5288 rtx symF;
5289
5290 /* possibly create the toc section */
5291 if (! toc_initialized)
5292 {
5293 toc_section ();
5294 function_section (current_function_decl);
5295 }
5296
5297 if (fromprolog)
5298 {
5299 rtx symL;
5300
5301 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LCF", rs6000_pic_labelno);
5302 symF = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (buf));
5303
5304 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LCL", rs6000_pic_labelno);
5305 symL = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (buf));
5306
5307 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_load_toc_v4_PIC_1 (tempLR,
5308 symF)));
5309 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_move_insn (dest, tempLR));
5310 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_load_toc_v4_PIC_2 (temp0, dest,
5311 symL,
5312 symF)));
5313 }
5314 else
5315 {
5316 rtx tocsym;
5317 static int reload_toc_labelno = 0;
5318
5319 tocsym = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (toc_label_name));
5320
5321 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LCG", reload_toc_labelno++);
5322 symF = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (buf));
5323
5324 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_load_toc_v4_PIC_1b (tempLR,
5325 symF,
5326 tocsym)));
5327 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_move_insn (dest, tempLR));
5328 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_move_insn (temp0,
5329 gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dest)));
5330 }
5331 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dest, temp0, dest)));
5332 }
5333 else if (flag_pic == 0 && TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
5334 {
5335 /* This is for AIX code running in non-PIC ELF. */
5336 char buf[30];
5337 rtx realsym;
5338 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LCTOC", 1);
5339 realsym = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (buf));
5340
5341 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_elf_high (dest, realsym)));
5342 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_elf_low (dest, dest, realsym)));
5343 }
5344 else
5345 abort();
5346 }
5347 else
5348 {
5349 if (TARGET_32BIT)
5350 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_load_toc_aix_si (dest)));
5351 else
5352 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_load_toc_aix_di (dest)));
5353 }
5354 }
5355
5356 int
5357 get_TOC_alias_set ()
5358 {
5359 static int set = -1;
5360 if (set == -1)
5361 set = new_alias_set ();
5362 return set;
5363 }
5364
5365 /* This retuns nonzero if the current function uses the TOC. This is
5366 determined by the presence of (unspec ... 7), which is generated by
5367 the various load_toc_* patterns. */
5368 int
5369 uses_TOC ()
5370 {
5371 rtx insn;
5372
5373 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
5374 if (INSN_P (insn))
5375 {
5376 rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
5377 int i;
5378
5379 if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
5380 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0); i++)
5381 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == UNSPEC
5382 && XINT (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i), 1) == 7)
5383 return 1;
5384 }
5385 return 0;
5386 }
5387
5388 rtx
5389 create_TOC_reference(symbol)
5390 rtx symbol;
5391 {
5392 return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
5393 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, TOC_REGISTER),
5394 gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode,
5395 gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, symbol,
5396 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (toc_label_name)))));
5397 }
5398
5399 #if TARGET_AIX
5400 /* __throw will restore its own return address to be the same as the
5401 return address of the function that the throw is being made to.
5402 This is unfortunate, because we want to check the original
5403 return address to see if we need to restore the TOC.
5404 So we have to squirrel it away here.
5405 This is used only in compiling __throw and __rethrow.
5406
5407 Most of this code should be removed by CSE. */
5408 static rtx insn_after_throw;
5409
5410 /* This does the saving... */
5411 void
5412 rs6000_aix_emit_builtin_unwind_init ()
5413 {
5414 rtx mem;
5415 rtx stack_top = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
5416 rtx opcode_addr = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
5417
5418 insn_after_throw = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
5419
5420 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx);
5421 emit_move_insn (stack_top, mem);
5422
5423 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
5424 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_top,
5425 GEN_INT (2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))));
5426 emit_move_insn (opcode_addr, mem);
5427 emit_move_insn (insn_after_throw, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, opcode_addr));
5428 }
5429
5430 /* Emit insns to _restore_ the TOC register, at runtime (specifically in _eh.o).
5431 Only used on AIX.
5432
5433 The idea is that on AIX, function calls look like this:
5434 bl somefunction-trampoline
5435 lwz r2,20(sp)
5436
5437 and later,
5438 somefunction-trampoline:
5439 stw r2,20(sp)
5440 ... load function address in the count register ...
5441 bctr
5442 or like this, if the linker determines that this is not a cross-module call
5443 and so the TOC need not be restored:
5444 bl somefunction
5445 nop
5446 or like this, if the compiler could determine that this is not a
5447 cross-module call:
5448 bl somefunction
5449 now, the tricky bit here is that register 2 is saved and restored
5450 by the _linker_, so we can't readily generate debugging information
5451 for it. So we need to go back up the call chain looking at the
5452 insns at return addresses to see which calls saved the TOC register
5453 and so see where it gets restored from.
5454
5455 Oh, and all this gets done in RTL inside the eh_epilogue pattern,
5456 just before the actual epilogue.
5457
5458 On the bright side, this incurs no space or time overhead unless an
5459 exception is thrown, except for the extra code in libgcc.a.
5460
5461 The parameter STACKSIZE is a register containing (at runtime)
5462 the amount to be popped off the stack in addition to the stack frame
5463 of this routine (which will be __throw or __rethrow, and so is
5464 guaranteed to have a stack frame). */
5465 void
5466 rs6000_emit_eh_toc_restore (stacksize)
5467 rtx stacksize;
5468 {
5469 rtx top_of_stack;
5470 rtx bottom_of_stack = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
5471 rtx tocompare = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
5472 rtx opcode = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
5473 rtx opcode_addr = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
5474 rtx mem;
5475 rtx loop_start = gen_label_rtx ();
5476 rtx no_toc_restore_needed = gen_label_rtx ();
5477 rtx loop_exit = gen_label_rtx ();
5478
5479 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx);
5480 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5481 emit_move_insn (bottom_of_stack, mem);
5482
5483 top_of_stack = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab,
5484 bottom_of_stack, stacksize,
5485 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN);
5486
5487 emit_move_insn (tocompare,
5488 GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (TARGET_32BIT
5489 ? 0x80410014
5490 : 0xE8410028, SImode)));
5491
5492 if (insn_after_throw == NULL_RTX)
5493 abort();
5494 emit_move_insn (opcode, insn_after_throw);
5495
5496 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
5497 emit_label (loop_start);
5498
5499 do_compare_rtx_and_jump (opcode, tocompare, NE, 1,
5500 SImode, NULL_RTX, 0, NULL_RTX,
5501 no_toc_restore_needed);
5502
5503 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
5504 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, bottom_of_stack,
5505 GEN_INT (5 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))));
5506 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 2), mem);
5507
5508 emit_label (no_toc_restore_needed);
5509 do_compare_rtx_and_jump (top_of_stack, bottom_of_stack, EQ, 1,
5510 Pmode, NULL_RTX, 0, NULL_RTX,
5511 loop_exit);
5512
5513 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, bottom_of_stack);
5514 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5515 emit_move_insn (bottom_of_stack, mem);
5516
5517 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
5518 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, bottom_of_stack,
5519 GEN_INT (2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))));
5520 emit_move_insn (opcode_addr, mem);
5521 emit_move_insn (opcode, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, opcode_addr));
5522
5523 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT);
5524 emit_jump (loop_start);
5525 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END);
5526 emit_label (loop_exit);
5527 }
5528 #endif /* TARGET_AIX */
5529 \f
5530 /* This ties together stack memory
5531 (MEM with an alias set of rs6000_sr_alias_set)
5532 and the change to the stack pointer. */
5533 static void
5534 rs6000_emit_stack_tie ()
5535 {
5536 rtx mem;
5537 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
5538 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5539 emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (mem));
5540 }
5541
5542 /* Emit the correct code for allocating stack space, as insns.
5543 If COPY_R12, make sure a copy of the old frame is left in r12.
5544 The generated code may use hard register 0 as a temporary. */
5545
5546 static void
5547 rs6000_emit_allocate_stack (size, copy_r12)
5548 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
5549 int copy_r12;
5550 {
5551 rtx insn;
5552 rtx stack_reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
5553 rtx tmp_reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0);
5554 rtx todec = GEN_INT (-size);
5555
5556 if (current_function_limit_stack)
5557 {
5558 if (REG_P (stack_limit_rtx)
5559 && REGNO (stack_limit_rtx) > 1
5560 && REGNO (stack_limit_rtx) <= 31)
5561 {
5562 emit_insn (Pmode == SImode
5563 ? gen_addsi3 (tmp_reg,
5564 stack_limit_rtx,
5565 GEN_INT (size))
5566 : gen_adddi3 (tmp_reg,
5567 stack_limit_rtx,
5568 GEN_INT (size)));
5569
5570 emit_insn (gen_cond_trap (LTU, stack_reg, tmp_reg,
5571 const0_rtx));
5572 }
5573 else if (GET_CODE (stack_limit_rtx) == SYMBOL_REF
5574 && TARGET_32BIT
5575 && (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS))
5576 {
5577 rtx toload = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode,
5578 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
5579 stack_limit_rtx,
5580 GEN_INT (size)));
5581
5582 emit_insn (gen_elf_high (tmp_reg, toload));
5583 emit_insn (gen_elf_low (tmp_reg, tmp_reg, toload));
5584 emit_insn (gen_cond_trap (LTU, stack_reg, tmp_reg,
5585 const0_rtx));
5586 }
5587 else
5588 warning ("stack limit expression is not supported");
5589 }
5590
5591 if (copy_r12 || ! TARGET_UPDATE)
5592 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 12), stack_reg);
5593
5594 if (TARGET_UPDATE)
5595 {
5596 if (size > 32767)
5597 {
5598 /* Need a note here so that try_split doesn't get confused. */
5599 if (get_last_insn() == NULL_RTX)
5600 emit_note (0, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
5601 insn = emit_move_insn (tmp_reg, todec);
5602 try_split (PATTERN (insn), insn, 0);
5603 todec = tmp_reg;
5604 }
5605
5606 if (Pmode == SImode)
5607 insn = emit_insn (gen_movsi_update (stack_reg, stack_reg,
5608 todec, stack_reg));
5609 else
5610 insn = emit_insn (gen_movdi_update (stack_reg, stack_reg,
5611 todec, stack_reg));
5612 }
5613 else
5614 {
5615 if (Pmode == SImode)
5616 insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_reg, stack_reg, todec));
5617 else
5618 insn = emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_reg, stack_reg, todec));
5619 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, stack_reg),
5620 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 12));
5621 }
5622
5623 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
5624 REG_NOTES (insn) =
5625 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
5626 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_reg,
5627 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_reg,
5628 GEN_INT (-size))),
5629 REG_NOTES (insn));
5630 }
5631
5632 /* Add to 'insn' a note which is PATTERN (INSN) but with REG replaced with
5633 (plus:P (reg 1) VAL), and with REG2 replaced with RREG if REG2 is not
5634 NULL.
5635 It would be nice if dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr could deduce these
5636 equivalences by itself so it wasn't necessary to hold its hand so much. */
5637
5638 static void
5639 rs6000_frame_related (insn, reg, val, reg2, rreg)
5640 rtx insn;
5641 rtx reg;
5642 HOST_WIDE_INT val;
5643 rtx reg2;
5644 rtx rreg;
5645 {
5646 rtx real, temp;
5647
5648 real = copy_rtx (PATTERN (insn));
5649
5650 real = replace_rtx (real, reg,
5651 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode,
5652 STACK_POINTER_REGNUM),
5653 GEN_INT (val)));
5654
5655 /* We expect that 'real' is either a SET or a PARALLEL containing
5656 SETs (and possibly other stuff). In a PARALLEL, all the SETs
5657 are important so they all have to be marked RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P. */
5658
5659 if (GET_CODE (real) == SET)
5660 {
5661 rtx set = real;
5662
5663 temp = simplify_rtx (SET_SRC (set));
5664 if (temp)
5665 SET_SRC (set) = temp;
5666 temp = simplify_rtx (SET_DEST (set));
5667 if (temp)
5668 SET_DEST (set) = temp;
5669 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == MEM)
5670 {
5671 temp = simplify_rtx (XEXP (SET_DEST (set), 0));
5672 if (temp)
5673 XEXP (SET_DEST (set), 0) = temp;
5674 }
5675 }
5676 else if (GET_CODE (real) == PARALLEL)
5677 {
5678 int i;
5679 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (real, 0); i++)
5680 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (real, 0, i)) == SET)
5681 {
5682 rtx set = XVECEXP (real, 0, i);
5683
5684 temp = simplify_rtx (SET_SRC (set));
5685 if (temp)
5686 SET_SRC (set) = temp;
5687 temp = simplify_rtx (SET_DEST (set));
5688 if (temp)
5689 SET_DEST (set) = temp;
5690 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == MEM)
5691 {
5692 temp = simplify_rtx (XEXP (SET_DEST (set), 0));
5693 if (temp)
5694 XEXP (SET_DEST (set), 0) = temp;
5695 }
5696 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (set) = 1;
5697 }
5698 }
5699 else
5700 abort();
5701
5702 if (reg2 != NULL_RTX)
5703 real = replace_rtx (real, reg2, rreg);
5704
5705 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
5706 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
5707 real,
5708 REG_NOTES (insn));
5709 }
5710
5711 /* Emit function prologue as insns. */
5712
5713 void
5714 rs6000_emit_prologue ()
5715 {
5716 rs6000_stack_t *info = rs6000_stack_info ();
5717 enum machine_mode reg_mode = TARGET_POWERPC64 ? DImode : SImode;
5718 int reg_size = TARGET_POWERPC64 ? 8 : 4;
5719 rtx sp_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
5720 rtx frame_ptr_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 12);
5721 rtx frame_reg_rtx = sp_reg_rtx;
5722 rtx cr_save_rtx = NULL;
5723 rtx insn;
5724 int saving_FPRs_inline;
5725 int using_store_multiple;
5726 HOST_WIDE_INT sp_offset = 0;
5727
5728 using_store_multiple = (TARGET_MULTIPLE && ! TARGET_POWERPC64
5729 && info->first_gp_reg_save < 31);
5730 saving_FPRs_inline = (info->first_fp_reg_save == 64
5731 || FP_SAVE_INLINE (info->first_fp_reg_save));
5732
5733 /* For V.4, update stack before we do any saving and set back pointer. */
5734 if (info->push_p && (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS))
5735 {
5736 if (info->total_size < 32767)
5737 sp_offset = info->total_size;
5738 else
5739 frame_reg_rtx = frame_ptr_rtx;
5740 rs6000_emit_allocate_stack (info->total_size,
5741 (frame_reg_rtx != sp_reg_rtx
5742 && (info->cr_save_p
5743 || info->lr_save_p
5744 || info->first_fp_reg_save < 64
5745 || info->first_gp_reg_save < 32
5746 )));
5747 if (frame_reg_rtx != sp_reg_rtx)
5748 rs6000_emit_stack_tie ();
5749 }
5750
5751 /* If we use the link register, get it into r0. */
5752 if (info->lr_save_p)
5753 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0),
5754 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM));
5755
5756 /* If we need to save CR, put it into r12. */
5757 if (info->cr_save_p && frame_reg_rtx != frame_ptr_rtx)
5758 {
5759 cr_save_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 12);
5760 emit_insn (gen_movesi_from_cr (cr_save_rtx));
5761 }
5762
5763 /* Do any required saving of fpr's. If only one or two to save, do it
5764 ourself. Otherwise, call function. */
5765 if (saving_FPRs_inline)
5766 {
5767 int i;
5768 for (i = 0; i < 64 - info->first_fp_reg_save; i++)
5769 if ((regs_ever_live[info->first_fp_reg_save+i]
5770 && ! call_used_regs[info->first_fp_reg_save+i]))
5771 {
5772 rtx addr, reg, mem;
5773 reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, info->first_fp_reg_save + i);
5774 addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
5775 GEN_INT (info->fp_save_offset
5776 + sp_offset
5777 + 8*i));
5778 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, addr);
5779 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5780
5781 insn = emit_move_insn (mem, reg);
5782 rs6000_frame_related (insn, frame_ptr_rtx, info->total_size,
5783 NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
5784 }
5785 }
5786 else if (info->first_fp_reg_save != 64)
5787 {
5788 int i;
5789 char rname[30];
5790 const char *alloc_rname;
5791 rtvec p;
5792 p = rtvec_alloc (2 + 64 - info->first_fp_reg_save);
5793
5794 RTVEC_ELT (p, 0) = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode,
5795 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode,
5796 LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM));
5797 sprintf (rname, "%s%d%s", SAVE_FP_PREFIX,
5798 info->first_fp_reg_save - 32, SAVE_FP_SUFFIX);
5799 alloc_rname = ggc_strdup (rname);
5800 RTVEC_ELT (p, 1) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode,
5801 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
5802 alloc_rname));
5803 for (i = 0; i < 64 - info->first_fp_reg_save; i++)
5804 {
5805 rtx addr, reg, mem;
5806 reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, info->first_fp_reg_save + i);
5807 addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
5808 GEN_INT (info->fp_save_offset
5809 + sp_offset + 8*i));
5810 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, addr);
5811 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5812
5813 RTVEC_ELT (p, i + 2) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem, reg);
5814 }
5815 insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, p));
5816 rs6000_frame_related (insn, frame_ptr_rtx, info->total_size,
5817 NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
5818 }
5819
5820 /* Save GPRs. This is done as a PARALLEL if we are using
5821 the store-multiple instructions. */
5822 if (using_store_multiple)
5823 {
5824 rtvec p, dwarfp;
5825 int i;
5826 p = rtvec_alloc (32 - info->first_gp_reg_save);
5827 dwarfp = rtvec_alloc (32 - info->first_gp_reg_save);
5828 for (i = 0; i < 32 - info->first_gp_reg_save; i++)
5829 {
5830 rtx addr, reg, mem;
5831 reg = gen_rtx_REG (reg_mode, info->first_gp_reg_save + i);
5832 addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
5833 GEN_INT (info->gp_save_offset
5834 + sp_offset
5835 + reg_size * i));
5836 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (reg_mode, addr);
5837 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5838
5839 RTVEC_ELT (p, i) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem, reg);
5840 }
5841 insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, p));
5842 rs6000_frame_related (insn, frame_ptr_rtx, info->total_size,
5843 NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
5844 }
5845 else
5846 {
5847 int i;
5848 for (i = 0; i < 32 - info->first_gp_reg_save; i++)
5849 if ((regs_ever_live[info->first_gp_reg_save+i]
5850 && ! call_used_regs[info->first_gp_reg_save+i])
5851 || (i+info->first_gp_reg_save == PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5852 && (((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
5853 && flag_pic == 1)
5854 || (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN
5855 && flag_pic))))
5856 {
5857 rtx addr, reg, mem;
5858 reg = gen_rtx_REG (reg_mode, info->first_gp_reg_save + i);
5859 addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
5860 GEN_INT (info->gp_save_offset
5861 + sp_offset
5862 + reg_size * i));
5863 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (reg_mode, addr);
5864 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5865
5866 insn = emit_move_insn (mem, reg);
5867 rs6000_frame_related (insn, frame_ptr_rtx, info->total_size,
5868 NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
5869 }
5870 }
5871
5872 /* ??? There's no need to emit actual instructions here, but it's the
5873 easiest way to get the frame unwind information emitted. */
5874 if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
5875 {
5876 unsigned int i, regno;
5877
5878 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
5879 {
5880 rtx addr, reg, mem;
5881
5882 regno = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i);
5883 if (regno == INVALID_REGNUM)
5884 break;
5885
5886 reg = gen_rtx_REG (reg_mode, regno);
5887 addr = plus_constant (frame_reg_rtx,
5888 info->ehrd_offset + sp_offset
5889 + reg_size * (int) i);
5890 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (reg_mode, addr);
5891 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5892
5893 insn = emit_move_insn (mem, reg);
5894 rs6000_frame_related (insn, frame_ptr_rtx, info->total_size,
5895 NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
5896 }
5897 }
5898
5899 /* Save lr if we used it. */
5900 if (info->lr_save_p)
5901 {
5902 rtx addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
5903 GEN_INT (info->lr_save_offset + sp_offset));
5904 rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0);
5905 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr);
5906 /* This should not be of rs6000_sr_alias_set, because of
5907 __builtin_return_address. */
5908
5909 insn = emit_move_insn (mem, reg);
5910 rs6000_frame_related (insn, frame_ptr_rtx, info->total_size,
5911 reg, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM));
5912 }
5913
5914 /* Save CR if we use any that must be preserved. */
5915 if (info->cr_save_p)
5916 {
5917 rtx addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
5918 GEN_INT (info->cr_save_offset + sp_offset));
5919 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, addr);
5920 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
5921
5922 /* If r12 was used to hold the original sp, copy cr into r0 now
5923 that it's free. */
5924 if (REGNO (frame_reg_rtx) == 12)
5925 {
5926 cr_save_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 0);
5927 emit_insn (gen_movesi_from_cr (cr_save_rtx));
5928 }
5929 insn = emit_move_insn (mem, cr_save_rtx);
5930
5931 /* Now, there's no way that dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr is going
5932 to understand '(unspec:SI [(reg:CC 68) ...] 19)'. But that's
5933 OK. All we have to do is specify that _one_ condition code
5934 register is saved in this stack slot. The thrower's epilogue
5935 will then restore all the call-saved registers. */
5936 rs6000_frame_related (insn, frame_ptr_rtx, info->total_size,
5937 cr_save_rtx, gen_rtx_REG (SImode, CR0_REGNO));
5938 }
5939
5940 /* Update stack and set back pointer unless this is V.4,
5941 for which it was done previously. */
5942 if (info->push_p && DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_V4 && DEFAULT_ABI != ABI_SOLARIS)
5943 rs6000_emit_allocate_stack (info->total_size, FALSE);
5944
5945 /* Set frame pointer, if needed. */
5946 if (frame_pointer_needed)
5947 {
5948 insn = emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (reg_mode, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM),
5949 sp_reg_rtx);
5950 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
5951 }
5952
5953 /* If we are using PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM, we need to set it up. */
5954 if ((TARGET_TOC && TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC && get_pool_size () != 0)
5955 || ((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
5956 && flag_pic == 1 && regs_ever_live[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM]))
5957 {
5958 /* If emit_load_toc_table will use the link register, we need to save
5959 it. We use R11 for this purpose because emit_load_toc_table
5960 can use register 0. This allows us to use a plain 'blr' to return
5961 from the procedure more often. */
5962 int save_LR_around_toc_setup = (TARGET_ELF && flag_pic != 0
5963 && ! info->lr_save_p
5964 && EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->pred != NULL);
5965 if (save_LR_around_toc_setup)
5966 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 11),
5967 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM));
5968
5969 rs6000_emit_load_toc_table (TRUE);
5970
5971 if (save_LR_around_toc_setup)
5972 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM),
5973 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 11));
5974 }
5975
5976 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN
5977 && flag_pic && current_function_uses_pic_offset_table)
5978 {
5979 rtx dest = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM);
5980
5981 rs6000_maybe_dead (emit_insn (gen_load_macho_picbase (dest)));
5982
5983 rs6000_maybe_dead (
5984 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM),
5985 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM)));
5986 }
5987 }
5988
5989
5990 /* Write function prologue. */
5991 void
5992 output_prolog (file, size)
5993 FILE *file;
5994 int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5995 {
5996 rs6000_stack_t *info = rs6000_stack_info ();
5997
5998 if (TARGET_DEBUG_STACK)
5999 debug_stack_info (info);
6000
6001 /* Write .extern for any function we will call to save and restore fp
6002 values. */
6003 if (info->first_fp_reg_save < 64 && !FP_SAVE_INLINE (info->first_fp_reg_save))
6004 fprintf (file, "\t.extern %s%d%s\n\t.extern %s%d%s\n",
6005 SAVE_FP_PREFIX, info->first_fp_reg_save - 32, SAVE_FP_SUFFIX,
6006 RESTORE_FP_PREFIX, info->first_fp_reg_save - 32, RESTORE_FP_SUFFIX);
6007
6008 /* Write .extern for AIX common mode routines, if needed. */
6009 if (! TARGET_POWER && ! TARGET_POWERPC && ! common_mode_defined)
6010 {
6011 fputs ("\t.extern __mulh\n", file);
6012 fputs ("\t.extern __mull\n", file);
6013 fputs ("\t.extern __divss\n", file);
6014 fputs ("\t.extern __divus\n", file);
6015 fputs ("\t.extern __quoss\n", file);
6016 fputs ("\t.extern __quous\n", file);
6017 common_mode_defined = 1;
6018 }
6019
6020 if (! HAVE_prologue)
6021 {
6022 start_sequence ();
6023
6024 /* A NOTE_INSN_DELETED is supposed to be at the start
6025 and end of the "toplevel" insn chain. */
6026 emit_note (0, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
6027 rs6000_emit_prologue ();
6028 emit_note (0, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
6029
6030 if (TARGET_DEBUG_STACK)
6031 debug_rtx_list (get_insns(), 100);
6032 final (get_insns(), file, FALSE, FALSE);
6033 end_sequence ();
6034 }
6035
6036 rs6000_pic_labelno++;
6037 }
6038
6039 /* Emit function epilogue as insns.
6040
6041 At present, dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr doesn't understand
6042 register restores, so we don't bother setting RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
6043 anywhere in the epilogue. Most of the insns below would in any case
6044 need special notes to explain where r11 is in relation to the stack. */
6045
6046 void
6047 rs6000_emit_epilogue (sibcall)
6048 int sibcall;
6049 {
6050 rs6000_stack_t *info;
6051 int restoring_FPRs_inline;
6052 int using_load_multiple;
6053 int using_mfcr_multiple;
6054 int use_backchain_to_restore_sp;
6055 int sp_offset = 0;
6056 rtx sp_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
6057 rtx frame_reg_rtx = sp_reg_rtx;
6058 enum machine_mode reg_mode = TARGET_POWERPC64 ? DImode : SImode;
6059 int reg_size = TARGET_POWERPC64 ? 8 : 4;
6060 int i;
6061
6062 info = rs6000_stack_info ();
6063 using_load_multiple = (TARGET_MULTIPLE && ! TARGET_POWERPC64
6064 && info->first_gp_reg_save < 31);
6065 restoring_FPRs_inline = (sibcall
6066 || current_function_calls_eh_return
6067 || info->first_fp_reg_save == 64
6068 || FP_SAVE_INLINE (info->first_fp_reg_save));
6069 use_backchain_to_restore_sp = (frame_pointer_needed
6070 || current_function_calls_alloca
6071 || info->total_size > 32767);
6072 using_mfcr_multiple = (rs6000_cpu == PROCESSOR_PPC601
6073 || rs6000_cpu == PROCESSOR_PPC603
6074 || rs6000_cpu == PROCESSOR_PPC750
6075 || optimize_size);
6076
6077 /* If we have a frame pointer, a call to alloca, or a large stack
6078 frame, restore the old stack pointer using the backchain. Otherwise,
6079 we know what size to update it with. */
6080 if (use_backchain_to_restore_sp)
6081 {
6082 /* Under V.4, don't reset the stack pointer until after we're done
6083 loading the saved registers. */
6084 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
6085 frame_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 11);
6086
6087 emit_move_insn (frame_reg_rtx,
6088 gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, sp_reg_rtx));
6089
6090 }
6091 else if (info->push_p)
6092 {
6093 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
6094 sp_offset = info->total_size;
6095 else
6096 {
6097 emit_insn (TARGET_32BIT
6098 ? gen_addsi3 (sp_reg_rtx, sp_reg_rtx,
6099 GEN_INT (info->total_size))
6100 : gen_adddi3 (sp_reg_rtx, sp_reg_rtx,
6101 GEN_INT (info->total_size)));
6102 }
6103 }
6104
6105 /* Get the old lr if we saved it. */
6106 if (info->lr_save_p)
6107 {
6108 rtx addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
6109 GEN_INT (info->lr_save_offset + sp_offset));
6110 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr);
6111 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
6112
6113 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0), mem);
6114 }
6115
6116 /* Get the old cr if we saved it. */
6117 if (info->cr_save_p)
6118 {
6119 rtx addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
6120 GEN_INT (info->cr_save_offset + sp_offset));
6121 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, addr);
6122 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
6123
6124 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 12), mem);
6125 }
6126
6127 /* Set LR here to try to overlap restores below. */
6128 if (info->lr_save_p)
6129 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM),
6130 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 0));
6131
6132 /* Load exception handler data registers, if needed. */
6133 if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
6134 {
6135 unsigned int i, regno;
6136
6137 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
6138 {
6139 rtx addr, mem;
6140
6141 regno = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i);
6142 if (regno == INVALID_REGNUM)
6143 break;
6144
6145 addr = plus_constant (frame_reg_rtx,
6146 info->ehrd_offset + sp_offset
6147 + reg_size * (int) i);
6148 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (reg_mode, addr);
6149 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
6150
6151 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (reg_mode, regno), mem);
6152 }
6153 }
6154
6155 /* Restore GPRs. This is done as a PARALLEL if we are using
6156 the load-multiple instructions. */
6157 if (using_load_multiple)
6158 {
6159 rtvec p;
6160 p = rtvec_alloc (32 - info->first_gp_reg_save);
6161 for (i = 0; i < 32 - info->first_gp_reg_save; i++)
6162 {
6163 rtx addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
6164 GEN_INT (info->gp_save_offset
6165 + sp_offset
6166 + reg_size * i));
6167 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (reg_mode, addr);
6168 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
6169
6170 RTVEC_ELT (p, i) =
6171 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
6172 gen_rtx_REG (reg_mode, info->first_gp_reg_save + i),
6173 mem);
6174 }
6175 emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, p));
6176 }
6177 else
6178 for (i = 0; i < 32 - info->first_gp_reg_save; i++)
6179 if ((regs_ever_live[info->first_gp_reg_save+i]
6180 && ! call_used_regs[info->first_gp_reg_save+i])
6181 || (i+info->first_gp_reg_save == PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
6182 && (((DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
6183 && flag_pic == 1)
6184 || (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN
6185 && flag_pic))))
6186 {
6187 rtx addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
6188 GEN_INT (info->gp_save_offset
6189 + sp_offset
6190 + reg_size * i));
6191 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (reg_mode, addr);
6192 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
6193
6194 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (reg_mode,
6195 info->first_gp_reg_save + i),
6196 mem);
6197 }
6198
6199 /* Restore fpr's if we need to do it without calling a function. */
6200 if (restoring_FPRs_inline)
6201 for (i = 0; i < 64 - info->first_fp_reg_save; i++)
6202 if ((regs_ever_live[info->first_fp_reg_save+i]
6203 && ! call_used_regs[info->first_fp_reg_save+i]))
6204 {
6205 rtx addr, mem;
6206 addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, frame_reg_rtx,
6207 GEN_INT (info->fp_save_offset
6208 + sp_offset
6209 + 8*i));
6210 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, addr);
6211 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
6212
6213 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DFmode,
6214 info->first_fp_reg_save + i),
6215 mem);
6216 }
6217
6218 /* If we saved cr, restore it here. Just those that were used. */
6219 if (info->cr_save_p)
6220 {
6221 rtx r12_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 12);
6222 int count = 0;
6223
6224 if (using_mfcr_multiple)
6225 {
6226 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
6227 if (regs_ever_live[CR0_REGNO+i] && ! call_used_regs[CR0_REGNO+i])
6228 count++;
6229 if (count == 0)
6230 abort ();
6231 }
6232
6233 if (using_mfcr_multiple && count > 1)
6234 {
6235 rtvec p;
6236 int ndx;
6237
6238 p = rtvec_alloc (count);
6239
6240 ndx = 0;
6241 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
6242 if (regs_ever_live[CR0_REGNO+i] && ! call_used_regs[CR0_REGNO+i])
6243 {
6244 rtvec r = rtvec_alloc (2);
6245 RTVEC_ELT (r, 0) = r12_rtx;
6246 RTVEC_ELT (r, 1) = GEN_INT (1 << (7-i));
6247 RTVEC_ELT (p, ndx) =
6248 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, CR0_REGNO+i),
6249 gen_rtx_UNSPEC (CCmode, r, 20));
6250 ndx++;
6251 }
6252 emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, p));
6253 if (ndx != count)
6254 abort ();
6255 }
6256 else
6257 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
6258 if (regs_ever_live[CR0_REGNO+i] && ! call_used_regs[CR0_REGNO+i])
6259 {
6260 emit_insn (gen_movsi_to_cr_one (gen_rtx_REG (CCmode,
6261 CR0_REGNO+i),
6262 r12_rtx));
6263 }
6264 }
6265
6266 /* If this is V.4, unwind the stack pointer after all of the loads
6267 have been done. We need to emit a block here so that sched
6268 doesn't decide to move the sp change before the register restores
6269 (which may not have any obvious dependency on the stack). This
6270 doesn't hurt performance, because there is no scheduling that can
6271 be done after this point. */
6272 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
6273 {
6274 if (frame_reg_rtx != sp_reg_rtx)
6275 rs6000_emit_stack_tie ();
6276
6277 if (use_backchain_to_restore_sp)
6278 {
6279 emit_move_insn (sp_reg_rtx, frame_reg_rtx);
6280 }
6281 else if (sp_offset != 0)
6282 {
6283 emit_insn (Pmode == SImode
6284 ? gen_addsi3 (sp_reg_rtx, sp_reg_rtx,
6285 GEN_INT (sp_offset))
6286 : gen_adddi3 (sp_reg_rtx, sp_reg_rtx,
6287 GEN_INT (sp_offset)));
6288 }
6289 }
6290
6291 if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
6292 {
6293 rtx sa = EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX;
6294 emit_insn (Pmode == SImode
6295 ? gen_addsi3 (sp_reg_rtx, sp_reg_rtx, sa)
6296 : gen_adddi3 (sp_reg_rtx, sp_reg_rtx, sa));
6297 }
6298
6299 if (!sibcall)
6300 {
6301 rtvec p;
6302 if (! restoring_FPRs_inline)
6303 p = rtvec_alloc (3 + 64 - info->first_fp_reg_save);
6304 else
6305 p = rtvec_alloc (2);
6306
6307 RTVEC_ELT (p, 0) = gen_rtx_RETURN (VOIDmode);
6308 RTVEC_ELT (p, 1) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode,
6309 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode,
6310 LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM));
6311
6312 /* If we have to restore more than two FP registers, branch to the
6313 restore function. It will return to our caller. */
6314 if (! restoring_FPRs_inline)
6315 {
6316 int i;
6317 char rname[30];
6318 const char *alloc_rname;
6319
6320 sprintf (rname, "%s%d%s", RESTORE_FP_PREFIX,
6321 info->first_fp_reg_save - 32, RESTORE_FP_SUFFIX);
6322 alloc_rname = ggc_strdup (rname);
6323 RTVEC_ELT (p, 2) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode,
6324 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
6325 alloc_rname));
6326
6327 for (i = 0; i < 64 - info->first_fp_reg_save; i++)
6328 {
6329 rtx addr, mem;
6330 addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, sp_reg_rtx,
6331 GEN_INT (info->fp_save_offset + 8*i));
6332 mem = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, addr);
6333 MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem) = rs6000_sr_alias_set;
6334
6335 RTVEC_ELT (p, i+3) =
6336 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
6337 gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, info->first_fp_reg_save + i),
6338 mem);
6339 }
6340 }
6341
6342 emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, p));
6343 }
6344 }
6345
6346 /* Write function epilogue. */
6347
6348 void
6349 output_epilog (file, size)
6350 FILE *file;
6351 int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6352 {
6353 rs6000_stack_t *info = rs6000_stack_info ();
6354
6355 if (! HAVE_epilogue)
6356 {
6357 rtx insn = get_last_insn ();
6358 /* If the last insn was a BARRIER, we don't have to write anything except
6359 the trace table. */
6360 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
6361 insn = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
6362 if (insn == 0 || GET_CODE (insn) != BARRIER)
6363 {
6364 /* This is slightly ugly, but at least we don't have two
6365 copies of the epilogue-emitting code. */
6366 start_sequence ();
6367
6368 /* A NOTE_INSN_DELETED is supposed to be at the start
6369 and end of the "toplevel" insn chain. */
6370 emit_note (0, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
6371 rs6000_emit_epilogue (FALSE);
6372 emit_note (0, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
6373
6374 if (TARGET_DEBUG_STACK)
6375 debug_rtx_list (get_insns(), 100);
6376 final (get_insns(), file, FALSE, FALSE);
6377 end_sequence ();
6378 }
6379 }
6380
6381 /* Output a traceback table here. See /usr/include/sys/debug.h for info
6382 on its format.
6383
6384 We don't output a traceback table if -finhibit-size-directive was
6385 used. The documentation for -finhibit-size-directive reads
6386 ``don't output a @code{.size} assembler directive, or anything
6387 else that would cause trouble if the function is split in the
6388 middle, and the two halves are placed at locations far apart in
6389 memory.'' The traceback table has this property, since it
6390 includes the offset from the start of the function to the
6391 traceback table itself.
6392
6393 System V.4 Powerpc's (and the embedded ABI derived from it) use a
6394 different traceback table. */
6395 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX && ! flag_inhibit_size_directive)
6396 {
6397 const char *fname = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0), 0);
6398 int fixed_parms, float_parms, parm_info;
6399 int i;
6400
6401 while (*fname == '.') /* V.4 encodes . in the name */
6402 fname++;
6403
6404 /* Need label immediately before tbtab, so we can compute its offset
6405 from the function start. */
6406 if (*fname == '*')
6407 ++fname;
6408 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL_PREFIX (file, "LT");
6409 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, fname);
6410
6411 /* The .tbtab pseudo-op can only be used for the first eight
6412 expressions, since it can't handle the possibly variable
6413 length fields that follow. However, if you omit the optional
6414 fields, the assembler outputs zeros for all optional fields
6415 anyways, giving each variable length field is minimum length
6416 (as defined in sys/debug.h). Thus we can not use the .tbtab
6417 pseudo-op at all. */
6418
6419 /* An all-zero word flags the start of the tbtab, for debuggers
6420 that have to find it by searching forward from the entry
6421 point or from the current pc. */
6422 fputs ("\t.long 0\n", file);
6423
6424 /* Tbtab format type. Use format type 0. */
6425 fputs ("\t.byte 0,", file);
6426
6427 /* Language type. Unfortunately, there doesn't seem to be any
6428 official way to get this info, so we use language_string. C
6429 is 0. C++ is 9. No number defined for Obj-C, so use the
6430 value for C for now. There is no official value for Java,
6431 although IBM appears to be using 13. There is no official value
6432 for Chill, so we've choosen 44 pseudo-randomly. */
6433 if (! strcmp (language_string, "GNU C")
6434 || ! strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C"))
6435 i = 0;
6436 else if (! strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77"))
6437 i = 1;
6438 else if (! strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada"))
6439 i = 3;
6440 else if (! strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal"))
6441 i = 2;
6442 else if (! strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++"))
6443 i = 9;
6444 else if (! strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java"))
6445 i = 13;
6446 else if (! strcmp (language_string, "GNU CHILL"))
6447 i = 44;
6448 else
6449 abort ();
6450 fprintf (file, "%d,", i);
6451
6452 /* 8 single bit fields: global linkage (not set for C extern linkage,
6453 apparently a PL/I convention?), out-of-line epilogue/prologue, offset
6454 from start of procedure stored in tbtab, internal function, function
6455 has controlled storage, function has no toc, function uses fp,
6456 function logs/aborts fp operations. */
6457 /* Assume that fp operations are used if any fp reg must be saved. */
6458 fprintf (file, "%d,", (1 << 5) | ((info->first_fp_reg_save != 64) << 1));
6459
6460 /* 6 bitfields: function is interrupt handler, name present in
6461 proc table, function calls alloca, on condition directives
6462 (controls stack walks, 3 bits), saves condition reg, saves
6463 link reg. */
6464 /* The `function calls alloca' bit seems to be set whenever reg 31 is
6465 set up as a frame pointer, even when there is no alloca call. */
6466 fprintf (file, "%d,",
6467 ((1 << 6) | (frame_pointer_needed << 5)
6468 | (info->cr_save_p << 1) | (info->lr_save_p)));
6469
6470 /* 3 bitfields: saves backchain, spare bit, number of fpr saved
6471 (6 bits). */
6472 fprintf (file, "%d,",
6473 (info->push_p << 7) | (64 - info->first_fp_reg_save));
6474
6475 /* 2 bitfields: spare bits (2 bits), number of gpr saved (6 bits). */
6476 fprintf (file, "%d,", (32 - first_reg_to_save ()));
6477
6478 {
6479 /* Compute the parameter info from the function decl argument
6480 list. */
6481 tree decl;
6482 int next_parm_info_bit;
6483
6484 next_parm_info_bit = 31;
6485 parm_info = 0;
6486 fixed_parms = 0;
6487 float_parms = 0;
6488
6489 for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl);
6490 decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
6491 {
6492 rtx parameter = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
6493 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (parameter);
6494
6495 if (GET_CODE (parameter) == REG)
6496 {
6497 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
6498 {
6499 int bits;
6500
6501 float_parms++;
6502
6503 if (mode == SFmode)
6504 bits = 0x2;
6505 else if (mode == DFmode)
6506 bits = 0x3;
6507 else
6508 abort ();
6509
6510 /* If only one bit will fit, don't or in this entry. */
6511 if (next_parm_info_bit > 0)
6512 parm_info |= (bits << (next_parm_info_bit - 1));
6513 next_parm_info_bit -= 2;
6514 }
6515 else
6516 {
6517 fixed_parms += ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
6518 + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1))
6519 / UNITS_PER_WORD);
6520 next_parm_info_bit -= 1;
6521 }
6522 }
6523 }
6524 }
6525
6526 /* Number of fixed point parameters. */
6527 /* This is actually the number of words of fixed point parameters; thus
6528 an 8 byte struct counts as 2; and thus the maximum value is 8. */
6529 fprintf (file, "%d,", fixed_parms);
6530
6531 /* 2 bitfields: number of floating point parameters (7 bits), parameters
6532 all on stack. */
6533 /* This is actually the number of fp registers that hold parameters;
6534 and thus the maximum value is 13. */
6535 /* Set parameters on stack bit if parameters are not in their original
6536 registers, regardless of whether they are on the stack? Xlc
6537 seems to set the bit when not optimizing. */
6538 fprintf (file, "%d\n", ((float_parms << 1) | (! optimize)));
6539
6540 /* Optional fields follow. Some are variable length. */
6541
6542 /* Parameter types, left adjusted bit fields: 0 fixed, 10 single float,
6543 11 double float. */
6544 /* There is an entry for each parameter in a register, in the order that
6545 they occur in the parameter list. Any intervening arguments on the
6546 stack are ignored. If the list overflows a long (max possible length
6547 34 bits) then completely leave off all elements that don't fit. */
6548 /* Only emit this long if there was at least one parameter. */
6549 if (fixed_parms || float_parms)
6550 fprintf (file, "\t.long %d\n", parm_info);
6551
6552 /* Offset from start of code to tb table. */
6553 fputs ("\t.long ", file);
6554 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL_PREFIX (file, "LT");
6555 #if TARGET_AIX
6556 RS6000_OUTPUT_BASENAME (file, fname);
6557 #else
6558 assemble_name (file, fname);
6559 #endif
6560 fputs ("-.", file);
6561 #if TARGET_AIX
6562 RS6000_OUTPUT_BASENAME (file, fname);
6563 #else
6564 assemble_name (file, fname);
6565 #endif
6566 putc ('\n', file);
6567
6568 /* Interrupt handler mask. */
6569 /* Omit this long, since we never set the interrupt handler bit
6570 above. */
6571
6572 /* Number of CTL (controlled storage) anchors. */
6573 /* Omit this long, since the has_ctl bit is never set above. */
6574
6575 /* Displacement into stack of each CTL anchor. */
6576 /* Omit this list of longs, because there are no CTL anchors. */
6577
6578 /* Length of function name. */
6579 fprintf (file, "\t.short %d\n", (int) strlen (fname));
6580
6581 /* Function name. */
6582 assemble_string (fname, strlen (fname));
6583
6584 /* Register for alloca automatic storage; this is always reg 31.
6585 Only emit this if the alloca bit was set above. */
6586 if (frame_pointer_needed)
6587 fputs ("\t.byte 31\n", file);
6588 }
6589 }
6590 \f
6591 /* A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for a thunk function,
6592 used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple inheritance. The
6593 thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function, adjusting the implicit
6594 object parameter before handing control off to the real function.
6595
6596 First, emit code to add the integer DELTA to the location that contains the
6597 incoming first argument. Assume that this argument contains a pointer, and
6598 is the one used to pass the `this' pointer in C++. This is the incoming
6599 argument *before* the function prologue, e.g. `%o0' on a sparc. The
6600 addition must preserve the values of all other incoming arguments.
6601
6602 After the addition, emit code to jump to FUNCTION, which is a
6603 `FUNCTION_DECL'. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does not touch
6604 the return address. Hence returning from FUNCTION will return to whoever
6605 called the current `thunk'.
6606
6607 The effect must be as if FUNCTION had been called directly with the adjusted
6608 first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all of the code for
6609 a thunk function; `FUNCTION_PROLOGUE' and `FUNCTION_EPILOGUE' are not
6610 invoked.
6611
6612 The THUNK_FNDECL is redundant. (DELTA and FUNCTION have already been
6613 extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on some targets, but
6614 probably not.
6615
6616 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++
6617 frontend will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls
6618 FUNCTION instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does not support
6619 varargs. */
6620
6621 void
6622 output_mi_thunk (file, thunk_fndecl, delta, function)
6623 FILE *file;
6624 tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6625 int delta;
6626 tree function;
6627 {
6628 const char *this_reg = reg_names[ aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function))) ? 4 : 3 ];
6629 const char *prefix;
6630 const char *fname;
6631 const char *r0 = reg_names[0];
6632 const char *toc = reg_names[2];
6633 const char *schain = reg_names[11];
6634 const char *r12 = reg_names[12];
6635 char buf[512];
6636 static int labelno = 0;
6637
6638 /* Small constants that can be done by one add instruction */
6639 if (delta >= -32768 && delta <= 32767)
6640 {
6641 if (! TARGET_NEW_MNEMONICS)
6642 fprintf (file, "\tcal %s,%d(%s)\n", this_reg, delta, this_reg);
6643 else
6644 fprintf (file, "\taddi %s,%s,%d\n", this_reg, this_reg, delta);
6645 }
6646
6647 /* Large constants that can be done by one addis instruction */
6648 else if ((delta & 0xffff) == 0 && num_insns_constant_wide (delta) == 1)
6649 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{cau|addis} %s,%s,%d\n", this_reg, this_reg,
6650 delta >> 16);
6651
6652 /* 32-bit constants that can be done by an add and addis instruction. */
6653 else if (TARGET_32BIT || num_insns_constant_wide (delta) == 1)
6654 {
6655 /* Break into two pieces, propagating the sign bit from the low word to
6656 the upper word. */
6657 int delta_high = delta >> 16;
6658 int delta_low = delta & 0xffff;
6659 if ((delta_low & 0x8000) != 0)
6660 {
6661 delta_high++;
6662 delta_low = (delta_low ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; /* sign extend */
6663 }
6664
6665 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{cau|addis} %s,%s,%d\n", this_reg, this_reg,
6666 delta_high);
6667
6668 if (! TARGET_NEW_MNEMONICS)
6669 fprintf (file, "\tcal %s,%d(%s)\n", this_reg, delta_low, this_reg);
6670 else
6671 fprintf (file, "\taddi %s,%s,%d\n", this_reg, this_reg, delta_low);
6672 }
6673
6674 /* 64-bit constants, fixme */
6675 else
6676 abort ();
6677
6678 /* Get the prefix in front of the names. */
6679 switch (DEFAULT_ABI)
6680 {
6681 default:
6682 abort ();
6683
6684 case ABI_AIX:
6685 prefix = ".";
6686 break;
6687
6688 case ABI_V4:
6689 case ABI_AIX_NODESC:
6690 case ABI_SOLARIS:
6691 prefix = "";
6692 break;
6693 }
6694
6695 /* If the function is compiled in this module, jump to it directly.
6696 Otherwise, load up its address and jump to it. */
6697
6698 fname = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0);
6699
6700 if (current_file_function_operand (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), VOIDmode)
6701 && ! lookup_attribute ("longcall",
6702 TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (function))))
6703 {
6704 fprintf (file, "\tb %s", prefix);
6705 assemble_name (file, fname);
6706 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 && flag_pic) fputs ("@local", file);
6707 putc ('\n', file);
6708 }
6709
6710 else
6711 {
6712 switch (DEFAULT_ABI)
6713 {
6714 default:
6715 abort ();
6716
6717 case ABI_AIX:
6718 /* Set up a TOC entry for the function. */
6719 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "Lthunk", labelno);
6720 toc_section ();
6721 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (file, "Lthunk", labelno);
6722 labelno++;
6723
6724 /* Note, MINIMAL_TOC doesn't make sense in the case of a thunk, since
6725 there will be only one TOC entry for this function. */
6726 fputs ("\t.tc\t", file);
6727 assemble_name (file, buf);
6728 fputs ("[TC],", file);
6729 assemble_name (file, buf);
6730 putc ('\n', file);
6731 text_section ();
6732 asm_fprintf (file, (TARGET_32BIT) ? "\t{l|lwz} %s," : "\tld %s", r12);
6733 assemble_name (file, buf);
6734 asm_fprintf (file, "(%s)\n", reg_names[2]);
6735 asm_fprintf (file,
6736 (TARGET_32BIT) ? "\t{l|lwz} %s,0(%s)\n" : "\tld %s,0(%s)\n",
6737 r0, r12);
6738
6739 asm_fprintf (file,
6740 (TARGET_32BIT) ? "\t{l|lwz} %s,4(%s)\n" : "\tld %s,8(%s)\n",
6741 toc, r12);
6742
6743 asm_fprintf (file, "\tmtctr %s\n", r0);
6744 asm_fprintf (file,
6745 (TARGET_32BIT) ? "\t{l|lwz} %s,8(%s)\n" : "\tld %s,16(%s)\n",
6746 schain, r12);
6747
6748 asm_fprintf (file, "\tbctr\n");
6749 break;
6750
6751 case ABI_AIX_NODESC:
6752 case ABI_SOLARIS:
6753 case ABI_V4:
6754 fprintf (file, "\tb %s", prefix);
6755 assemble_name (file, fname);
6756 if (flag_pic) fputs ("@plt", file);
6757 putc ('\n', file);
6758 break;
6759
6760 #if TARGET_MACHO
6761 case ABI_DARWIN:
6762 fprintf (file, "\tb %s", prefix);
6763 if (flag_pic && !machopic_name_defined_p (fname))
6764 assemble_name (file, machopic_stub_name (fname));
6765 else
6766 assemble_name (file, fname);
6767 putc ('\n', file);
6768 break;
6769 #endif
6770 }
6771 }
6772 }
6773
6774 \f
6775 /* A quick summary of the various types of 'constant-pool tables'
6776 under PowerPC:
6777
6778 Target Flags Name One table per
6779 AIX (none) AIX TOC object file
6780 AIX -mfull-toc AIX TOC object file
6781 AIX -mminimal-toc AIX minimal TOC translation unit
6782 SVR4/EABI (none) SVR4 SDATA object file
6783 SVR4/EABI -fpic SVR4 pic object file
6784 SVR4/EABI -fPIC SVR4 PIC translation unit
6785 SVR4/EABI -mrelocatable EABI TOC function
6786 SVR4/EABI -maix AIX TOC object file
6787 SVR4/EABI -maix -mminimal-toc
6788 AIX minimal TOC translation unit
6789
6790 Name Reg. Set by entries contains:
6791 made by addrs? fp? sum?
6792
6793 AIX TOC 2 crt0 as Y option option
6794 AIX minimal TOC 30 prolog gcc Y Y option
6795 SVR4 SDATA 13 crt0 gcc N Y N
6796 SVR4 pic 30 prolog ld Y not yet N
6797 SVR4 PIC 30 prolog gcc Y option option
6798 EABI TOC 30 prolog gcc Y option option
6799
6800 */
6801
6802 /* Hash table stuff for keeping track of TOC entries. */
6803
6804 struct toc_hash_struct
6805 {
6806 /* `key' will satisfy CONSTANT_P; in fact, it will satisfy
6807 ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY_P. */
6808 rtx key;
6809 enum machine_mode key_mode;
6810 int labelno;
6811 };
6812
6813 static htab_t toc_hash_table;
6814
6815 /* Hash functions for the hash table. */
6816
6817 static unsigned
6818 rs6000_hash_constant (k)
6819 rtx k;
6820 {
6821 unsigned result = (GET_CODE (k) << 3) ^ GET_MODE (k);
6822 const char *format = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (k));
6823 int flen = strlen (format);
6824 int fidx;
6825
6826 if (GET_CODE (k) == LABEL_REF)
6827 return result * 1231 + X0INT (XEXP (k, 0), 3);
6828
6829 if (GET_CODE (k) == CONST_DOUBLE)
6830 fidx = 2;
6831 else if (GET_CODE (k) == CODE_LABEL)
6832 fidx = 3;
6833 else
6834 fidx = 0;
6835
6836 for (; fidx < flen; fidx++)
6837 switch (format[fidx])
6838 {
6839 case 's':
6840 {
6841 unsigned i, len;
6842 const char *str = XSTR (k, fidx);
6843 len = strlen (str);
6844 result = result * 613 + len;
6845 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
6846 result = result * 613 + (unsigned) str[i];
6847 break;
6848 }
6849 case 'u':
6850 case 'e':
6851 result = result * 1231 + rs6000_hash_constant (XEXP (k, fidx));
6852 break;
6853 case 'i':
6854 case 'n':
6855 result = result * 613 + (unsigned) XINT (k, fidx);
6856 break;
6857 case 'w':
6858 if (sizeof (unsigned) >= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
6859 result = result * 613 + (unsigned) XWINT (k, fidx);
6860 else
6861 {
6862 size_t i;
6863 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(HOST_WIDE_INT)/sizeof(unsigned); i++)
6864 result = result * 613 + (unsigned) (XWINT (k, fidx)
6865 >> CHAR_BIT * i);
6866 }
6867 break;
6868 default:
6869 abort();
6870 }
6871 return result;
6872 }
6873
6874 static unsigned
6875 toc_hash_function (hash_entry)
6876 const void * hash_entry;
6877 {
6878 const struct toc_hash_struct *thc =
6879 (const struct toc_hash_struct *) hash_entry;
6880 return rs6000_hash_constant (thc->key) ^ thc->key_mode;
6881 }
6882
6883 /* Compare H1 and H2 for equivalence. */
6884
6885 static int
6886 toc_hash_eq (h1, h2)
6887 const void * h1;
6888 const void * h2;
6889 {
6890 rtx r1 = ((const struct toc_hash_struct *) h1)->key;
6891 rtx r2 = ((const struct toc_hash_struct *) h2)->key;
6892
6893 if (((const struct toc_hash_struct *) h1)->key_mode
6894 != ((const struct toc_hash_struct *) h2)->key_mode)
6895 return 0;
6896
6897 /* Gotcha: One of these const_doubles will be in memory.
6898 The other may be on the constant-pool chain.
6899 So rtx_equal_p will think they are different... */
6900 if (r1 == r2)
6901 return 1;
6902 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2)
6903 || GET_MODE (r1) != GET_MODE (r2))
6904 return 0;
6905 if (GET_CODE (r1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
6906 {
6907 int format_len = strlen (GET_RTX_FORMAT (CONST_DOUBLE));
6908 int i;
6909 for (i = 2; i < format_len; i++)
6910 if (XWINT (r1, i) != XWINT (r2, i))
6911 return 0;
6912
6913 return 1;
6914 }
6915 else if (GET_CODE (r1) == LABEL_REF)
6916 return (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (r1, 0))
6917 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (r2, 0)));
6918 else
6919 return rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
6920 }
6921
6922 /* Mark the hash table-entry HASH_ENTRY. */
6923
6924 static int
6925 toc_hash_mark_entry (hash_slot, unused)
6926 void ** hash_slot;
6927 void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6928 {
6929 const struct toc_hash_struct * hash_entry =
6930 *(const struct toc_hash_struct **) hash_slot;
6931 rtx r = hash_entry->key;
6932 ggc_set_mark (hash_entry);
6933 /* For CODE_LABELS, we don't want to drag in the whole insn chain... */
6934 if (GET_CODE (r) == LABEL_REF)
6935 {
6936 ggc_set_mark (r);
6937 ggc_set_mark (XEXP (r, 0));
6938 }
6939 else
6940 ggc_mark_rtx (r);
6941 return 1;
6942 }
6943
6944 /* Mark all the elements of the TOC hash-table *HT. */
6945
6946 static void
6947 toc_hash_mark_table (vht)
6948 void *vht;
6949 {
6950 htab_t *ht = vht;
6951
6952 htab_traverse (*ht, toc_hash_mark_entry, (void *)0);
6953 }
6954
6955 /* These are the names given by the C++ front-end to vtables, and
6956 vtable-like objects. Ideally, this logic should not be here;
6957 instead, there should be some programmatic way of inquiring as
6958 to whether or not an object is a vtable. */
6959
6960 #define VTABLE_NAME_P(NAME) \
6961 (strncmp ("_vt.", name, strlen("_vt.")) == 0 \
6962 || strncmp ("_ZTV", name, strlen ("_ZTV")) == 0 \
6963 || strncmp ("_ZTT", name, strlen ("_ZTT")) == 0 \
6964 || strncmp ("_ZTC", name, strlen ("_ZTC")) == 0)
6965
6966 void
6967 rs6000_output_symbol_ref (file, x)
6968 FILE *file;
6969 rtx x;
6970 {
6971 /* Currently C++ toc references to vtables can be emitted before it
6972 is decided whether the vtable is public or private. If this is
6973 the case, then the linker will eventually complain that there is
6974 a reference to an unknown section. Thus, for vtables only,
6975 we emit the TOC reference to reference the symbol and not the
6976 section. */
6977 const char *name = XSTR (x, 0);
6978
6979 if (VTABLE_NAME_P (name))
6980 {
6981 RS6000_OUTPUT_BASENAME (file, name);
6982 }
6983 else
6984 assemble_name (file, name);
6985 }
6986
6987 /* Output a TOC entry. We derive the entry name from what is
6988 being written. */
6989
6990 void
6991 output_toc (file, x, labelno, mode)
6992 FILE *file;
6993 rtx x;
6994 int labelno;
6995 enum machine_mode mode;
6996 {
6997 char buf[256];
6998 const char *name = buf;
6999 const char *real_name;
7000 rtx base = x;
7001 int offset = 0;
7002
7003 if (TARGET_NO_TOC)
7004 abort ();
7005
7006 /* When the linker won't eliminate them, don't output duplicate
7007 TOC entries (this happens on AIX if there is any kind of TOC,
7008 and on SVR4 under -fPIC or -mrelocatable). */
7009 if (TARGET_TOC)
7010 {
7011 struct toc_hash_struct *h;
7012 void * * found;
7013
7014 h = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*h));
7015 h->key = x;
7016 h->key_mode = mode;
7017 h->labelno = labelno;
7018
7019 found = htab_find_slot (toc_hash_table, h, 1);
7020 if (*found == NULL)
7021 *found = h;
7022 else /* This is indeed a duplicate.
7023 Set this label equal to that label. */
7024 {
7025 fputs ("\t.set ", file);
7026 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL_PREFIX (file, "LC");
7027 fprintf (file, "%d,", labelno);
7028 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL_PREFIX (file, "LC");
7029 fprintf (file, "%d\n", ((*(const struct toc_hash_struct **)
7030 found)->labelno));
7031 return;
7032 }
7033 }
7034
7035 /* If we're going to put a double constant in the TOC, make sure it's
7036 aligned properly when strict alignment is on. */
7037 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
7038 && STRICT_ALIGNMENT
7039 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= 64
7040 && ! (TARGET_NO_FP_IN_TOC && ! TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)) {
7041 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, 3);
7042 }
7043
7044 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (file, "LC", labelno);
7045
7046 /* Handle FP constants specially. Note that if we have a minimal
7047 TOC, things we put here aren't actually in the TOC, so we can allow
7048 FP constants. */
7049 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && GET_MODE (x) == DFmode)
7050 {
7051 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
7052 long k[2];
7053
7054 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, x);
7055 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, k);
7056
7057 if (TARGET_64BIT)
7058 {
7059 if (TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
7060 fprintf (file, "\t.llong 0x%lx%08lx\n", k[0], k[1]);
7061 else
7062 fprintf (file, "\t.tc FD_%lx_%lx[TC],0x%lx%08lx\n",
7063 k[0], k[1], k[0] & 0xffffffff, k[1] & 0xffffffff);
7064 return;
7065 }
7066 else
7067 {
7068 if (TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
7069 fprintf (file, "\t.long 0x%lx\n\t.long 0x%lx\n", k[0], k[1]);
7070 else
7071 fprintf (file, "\t.tc FD_%lx_%lx[TC],0x%lx,0x%lx\n",
7072 k[0], k[1], k[0], k[1]);
7073 return;
7074 }
7075 }
7076 else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE && GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
7077 {
7078 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
7079 long l;
7080
7081 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, x);
7082 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, l);
7083
7084 if (TARGET_64BIT)
7085 {
7086 if (TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
7087 fprintf (file, "\t.llong 0x%lx00000000\n", l);
7088 else
7089 fprintf (file, "\t.tc FS_%lx[TC],0x%lx00000000\n", l, l);
7090 return;
7091 }
7092 else
7093 {
7094 if (TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
7095 fprintf (file, "\t.long 0x%lx\n", l);
7096 else
7097 fprintf (file, "\t.tc FS_%lx[TC],0x%lx\n", l, l);
7098 return;
7099 }
7100 }
7101 else if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
7102 && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE))
7103 {
7104 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low;
7105 HOST_WIDE_INT high;
7106
7107 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
7108 {
7109 low = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
7110 high = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
7111 }
7112 else
7113 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7114 {
7115 low = INTVAL (x);
7116 high = (low & 0x80000000) ? ~0 : 0;
7117 }
7118 #else
7119 {
7120 low = INTVAL (x) & 0xffffffff;
7121 high = (HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (x) >> 32;
7122 }
7123 #endif
7124
7125 /* TOC entries are always Pmode-sized, but since this
7126 is a bigendian machine then if we're putting smaller
7127 integer constants in the TOC we have to pad them.
7128 (This is still a win over putting the constants in
7129 a separate constant pool, because then we'd have
7130 to have both a TOC entry _and_ the actual constant.)
7131
7132 For a 32-bit target, CONST_INT values are loaded and shifted
7133 entirely within `low' and can be stored in one TOC entry. */
7134
7135 if (TARGET_64BIT && POINTER_SIZE < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
7136 abort ();/* It would be easy to make this work, but it doesn't now. */
7137
7138 if (POINTER_SIZE > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
7139 lshift_double (low, high, POINTER_SIZE - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode),
7140 POINTER_SIZE, &low, &high, 0);
7141
7142 if (TARGET_64BIT)
7143 {
7144 if (TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
7145 fprintf (file, "\t.llong 0x%lx%08lx\n", (long)high, (long)low);
7146 else
7147 fprintf (file, "\t.tc ID_%lx_%lx[TC],0x%lx%08lx\n",
7148 (long)high, (long)low, (long)high, (long)low);
7149 return;
7150 }
7151 else
7152 {
7153 if (POINTER_SIZE < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
7154 {
7155 if (TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
7156 fprintf (file, "\t.long 0x%lx\n\t.long 0x%lx\n",
7157 (long)high, (long)low);
7158 else
7159 fprintf (file, "\t.tc ID_%lx_%lx[TC],0x%lx,0x%lx\n",
7160 (long)high, (long)low, (long)high, (long)low);
7161 }
7162 else
7163 {
7164 if (TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
7165 fprintf (file, "\t.long 0x%lx\n",
7166 (long)low);
7167 else
7168 fprintf (file, "\t.tc IS_%lx[TC],0x%lx\n",
7169 (long)low, (long)low);
7170 }
7171 return;
7172 }
7173 }
7174
7175 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
7176 {
7177 base = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
7178 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
7179 }
7180
7181 if (GET_CODE (base) == SYMBOL_REF)
7182 name = XSTR (base, 0);
7183 else if (GET_CODE (base) == LABEL_REF)
7184 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (base, 0)));
7185 else if (GET_CODE (base) == CODE_LABEL)
7186 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (base));
7187 else
7188 abort ();
7189
7190 STRIP_NAME_ENCODING (real_name, name);
7191 if (TARGET_MINIMAL_TOC)
7192 fputs (TARGET_32BIT ? "\t.long " : "\t.llong ", file);
7193 else
7194 {
7195 fprintf (file, "\t.tc %s", real_name);
7196
7197 if (offset < 0)
7198 fprintf (file, ".N%d", - offset);
7199 else if (offset)
7200 fprintf (file, ".P%d", offset);
7201
7202 fputs ("[TC],", file);
7203 }
7204
7205 /* Currently C++ toc references to vtables can be emitted before it
7206 is decided whether the vtable is public or private. If this is
7207 the case, then the linker will eventually complain that there is
7208 a TOC reference to an unknown section. Thus, for vtables only,
7209 we emit the TOC reference to reference the symbol and not the
7210 section. */
7211 if (VTABLE_NAME_P (name))
7212 {
7213 RS6000_OUTPUT_BASENAME (file, name);
7214 if (offset < 0)
7215 fprintf (file, "%d", offset);
7216 else if (offset > 0)
7217 fprintf (file, "+%d", offset);
7218 }
7219 else
7220 output_addr_const (file, x);
7221 putc ('\n', file);
7222 }
7223 \f
7224 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to write an ASCII string of N characters
7225 starting at P to FILE.
7226
7227 On the RS/6000, we have to do this using the .byte operation and
7228 write out special characters outside the quoted string.
7229 Also, the assembler is broken; very long strings are truncated,
7230 so we must artificially break them up early. */
7231
7232 void
7233 output_ascii (file, p, n)
7234 FILE *file;
7235 const char *p;
7236 int n;
7237 {
7238 char c;
7239 int i, count_string;
7240 const char *for_string = "\t.byte \"";
7241 const char *for_decimal = "\t.byte ";
7242 const char *to_close = NULL;
7243
7244 count_string = 0;
7245 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
7246 {
7247 c = *p++;
7248 if (c >= ' ' && c < 0177)
7249 {
7250 if (for_string)
7251 fputs (for_string, file);
7252 putc (c, file);
7253
7254 /* Write two quotes to get one. */
7255 if (c == '"')
7256 {
7257 putc (c, file);
7258 ++count_string;
7259 }
7260
7261 for_string = NULL;
7262 for_decimal = "\"\n\t.byte ";
7263 to_close = "\"\n";
7264 ++count_string;
7265
7266 if (count_string >= 512)
7267 {
7268 fputs (to_close, file);
7269
7270 for_string = "\t.byte \"";
7271 for_decimal = "\t.byte ";
7272 to_close = NULL;
7273 count_string = 0;
7274 }
7275 }
7276 else
7277 {
7278 if (for_decimal)
7279 fputs (for_decimal, file);
7280 fprintf (file, "%d", c);
7281
7282 for_string = "\n\t.byte \"";
7283 for_decimal = ", ";
7284 to_close = "\n";
7285 count_string = 0;
7286 }
7287 }
7288
7289 /* Now close the string if we have written one. Then end the line. */
7290 if (to_close)
7291 fputs (to_close, file);
7292 }
7293 \f
7294 /* Generate a unique section name for FILENAME for a section type
7295 represented by SECTION_DESC. Output goes into BUF.
7296
7297 SECTION_DESC can be any string, as long as it is different for each
7298 possible section type.
7299
7300 We name the section in the same manner as xlc. The name begins with an
7301 underscore followed by the filename (after stripping any leading directory
7302 names) with the last period replaced by the string SECTION_DESC. If
7303 FILENAME does not contain a period, SECTION_DESC is appended to the end of
7304 the name. */
7305
7306 void
7307 rs6000_gen_section_name (buf, filename, section_desc)
7308 char **buf;
7309 const char *filename;
7310 const char *section_desc;
7311 {
7312 const char *q, *after_last_slash, *last_period = 0;
7313 char *p;
7314 int len;
7315
7316 after_last_slash = filename;
7317 for (q = filename; *q; q++)
7318 {
7319 if (*q == '/')
7320 after_last_slash = q + 1;
7321 else if (*q == '.')
7322 last_period = q;
7323 }
7324
7325 len = strlen (after_last_slash) + strlen (section_desc) + 2;
7326 *buf = (char *) permalloc (len);
7327
7328 p = *buf;
7329 *p++ = '_';
7330
7331 for (q = after_last_slash; *q; q++)
7332 {
7333 if (q == last_period)
7334 {
7335 strcpy (p, section_desc);
7336 p += strlen (section_desc);
7337 }
7338
7339 else if (ISALNUM (*q))
7340 *p++ = *q;
7341 }
7342
7343 if (last_period == 0)
7344 strcpy (p, section_desc);
7345 else
7346 *p = '\0';
7347 }
7348 \f
7349
7350 /* Emit profile function. */
7351 void
7352 output_profile_hook (labelno)
7353 int labelno;
7354 {
7355 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX)
7356 {
7357 char buf[30];
7358 char *label_name;
7359 rtx fun;
7360
7361 labelno += 1;
7362
7363 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LP", labelno);
7364 STRIP_NAME_ENCODING (label_name, ggc_strdup (buf));
7365 fun = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, label_name);
7366
7367 emit_library_call (init_one_libfunc (RS6000_MCOUNT), 0, VOIDmode, 1,
7368 fun, Pmode);
7369 }
7370 else if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_DARWIN)
7371 {
7372 const char *mcount_name = RS6000_MCOUNT;
7373 int caller_addr_regno = LINK_REGISTER_REGNUM;
7374
7375 /* Be conservative and always set this, at least for now. */
7376 current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
7377
7378 #if TARGET_MACHO
7379 /* For PIC code, set up a stub and collect the caller's address
7380 from r0, which is where the prologue puts it. */
7381 if (flag_pic)
7382 {
7383 mcount_name = machopic_stub_name (mcount_name);
7384 if (current_function_uses_pic_offset_table)
7385 caller_addr_regno = 0;
7386 }
7387 #endif
7388 emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, mcount_name),
7389 0, VOIDmode, 1,
7390 gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, caller_addr_regno), Pmode);
7391 }
7392 }
7393
7394 /* Write function profiler code. */
7395
7396 void
7397 output_function_profiler (file, labelno)
7398 FILE *file;
7399 int labelno;
7400 {
7401 char buf[100];
7402
7403 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LP", labelno);
7404 switch (DEFAULT_ABI)
7405 {
7406 default:
7407 abort ();
7408
7409 case ABI_V4:
7410 case ABI_SOLARIS:
7411 case ABI_AIX_NODESC:
7412 fprintf (file, "\tmflr %s\n", reg_names[0]);
7413 if (flag_pic == 1)
7414 {
7415 fputs ("\tbl _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_@local-4\n", file);
7416 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{st|stw} %s,4(%s)\n",
7417 reg_names[0], reg_names[1]);
7418 asm_fprintf (file, "\tmflr %s\n", reg_names[12]);
7419 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{l|lwz} %s,", reg_names[0]);
7420 assemble_name (file, buf);
7421 asm_fprintf (file, "@got(%s)\n", reg_names[12]);
7422 }
7423 else if (flag_pic > 1)
7424 {
7425 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{st|stw} %s,4(%s)\n",
7426 reg_names[0], reg_names[1]);
7427 /* Now, we need to get the address of the label. */
7428 fputs ("\tbl 1f\n\t.long ", file);
7429 assemble_name (file, buf);
7430 fputs ("-.\n1:", file);
7431 asm_fprintf (file, "\tmflr %s\n", reg_names[11]);
7432 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{l|lwz} %s,0(%s)\n",
7433 reg_names[0], reg_names[11]);
7434 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{cax|add} %s,%s,%s\n",
7435 reg_names[0], reg_names[0], reg_names[11]);
7436 }
7437 else
7438 {
7439 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{liu|lis} %s,", reg_names[12]);
7440 assemble_name (file, buf);
7441 fputs ("@ha\n", file);
7442 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{st|stw} %s,4(%s)\n",
7443 reg_names[0], reg_names[1]);
7444 asm_fprintf (file, "\t{cal|la} %s,", reg_names[0]);
7445 assemble_name (file, buf);
7446 asm_fprintf (file, "@l(%s)\n", reg_names[12]);
7447 }
7448
7449 if (current_function_needs_context)
7450 asm_fprintf (file, "\tmr %s,%s\n",
7451 reg_names[30], reg_names[STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM]);
7452 fprintf (file, "\tbl %s\n", RS6000_MCOUNT);
7453 if (current_function_needs_context)
7454 asm_fprintf (file, "\tmr %s,%s\n",
7455 reg_names[STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM], reg_names[30]);
7456 break;
7457
7458 case ABI_AIX:
7459 case ABI_DARWIN:
7460 /* Don't do anything, done in output_profile_hook (). */
7461 break;
7462
7463 }
7464 }
7465
7466 /* Adjust the cost of a scheduling dependency. Return the new cost of
7467 a dependency LINK or INSN on DEP_INSN. COST is the current cost. */
7468
7469 int
7470 rs6000_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep_insn, cost)
7471 rtx insn;
7472 rtx link;
7473 rtx dep_insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7474 int cost;
7475 {
7476 if (! recog_memoized (insn))
7477 return 0;
7478
7479 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) != 0)
7480 return 0;
7481
7482 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == 0)
7483 {
7484 /* Data dependency; DEP_INSN writes a register that INSN reads some
7485 cycles later. */
7486
7487 /* Tell the first scheduling pass about the latency between a mtctr
7488 and bctr (and mtlr and br/blr). The first scheduling pass will not
7489 know about this latency since the mtctr instruction, which has the
7490 latency associated to it, will be generated by reload. */
7491 if (get_attr_type (insn) == TYPE_JMPREG)
7492 return TARGET_POWER ? 5 : 4;
7493
7494 /* Fall out to return default cost. */
7495 }
7496
7497 return cost;
7498 }
7499
7500 /* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer scheduling priority
7501 INSN_PRIORITY (INSN). Reduce the priority to execute the INSN earlier,
7502 increase the priority to execute INSN later. Do not define this macro if
7503 you do not need to adjust the scheduling priorities of insns. */
7504
7505 int
7506 rs6000_adjust_priority (insn, priority)
7507 rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7508 int priority;
7509 {
7510 /* On machines (like the 750) which have asymetric integer units, where one
7511 integer unit can do multiply and divides and the other can't, reduce the
7512 priority of multiply/divide so it is scheduled before other integer
7513 operationss. */
7514
7515 #if 0
7516 if (! INSN_P (insn))
7517 return priority;
7518
7519 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE)
7520 return priority;
7521
7522 switch (rs6000_cpu_attr) {
7523 case CPU_PPC750:
7524 switch (get_attr_type (insn))
7525 {
7526 default:
7527 break;
7528
7529 case TYPE_IMUL:
7530 case TYPE_IDIV:
7531 fprintf (stderr, "priority was %#x (%d) before adjustment\n",
7532 priority, priority);
7533 if (priority >= 0 && priority < 0x01000000)
7534 priority >>= 3;
7535 break;
7536 }
7537 }
7538 #endif
7539
7540 return priority;
7541 }
7542
7543 /* Return how many instructions the machine can issue per cycle */
7544 int get_issue_rate()
7545 {
7546 switch (rs6000_cpu_attr) {
7547 case CPU_RIOS1: /* ? */
7548 case CPU_RS64A:
7549 case CPU_PPC601: /* ? */
7550 return 3;
7551 case CPU_PPC603:
7552 case CPU_PPC750:
7553 return 2;
7554 case CPU_RIOS2:
7555 case CPU_PPC604:
7556 case CPU_PPC604E:
7557 case CPU_PPC620:
7558 case CPU_PPC630:
7559 return 4;
7560 default:
7561 return 1;
7562 }
7563 }
7564
7565 \f
7566 /* Length in units of the trampoline for entering a nested function. */
7567
7568 int
7569 rs6000_trampoline_size ()
7570 {
7571 int ret = 0;
7572
7573 switch (DEFAULT_ABI)
7574 {
7575 default:
7576 abort ();
7577
7578 case ABI_AIX:
7579 ret = (TARGET_32BIT) ? 12 : 24;
7580 break;
7581
7582 case ABI_V4:
7583 case ABI_SOLARIS:
7584 case ABI_AIX_NODESC:
7585 ret = (TARGET_32BIT) ? 40 : 48;
7586 break;
7587 }
7588
7589 return ret;
7590 }
7591
7592 /* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
7593 FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure code.
7594 CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function. */
7595
7596 void
7597 rs6000_initialize_trampoline (addr, fnaddr, cxt)
7598 rtx addr;
7599 rtx fnaddr;
7600 rtx cxt;
7601 {
7602 enum machine_mode pmode = Pmode;
7603 int regsize = (TARGET_32BIT) ? 4 : 8;
7604 rtx ctx_reg = force_reg (pmode, cxt);
7605
7606 switch (DEFAULT_ABI)
7607 {
7608 default:
7609 abort ();
7610
7611 /* Macros to shorten the code expansions below. */
7612 #define MEM_DEREF(addr) gen_rtx_MEM (pmode, memory_address (pmode, addr))
7613 #define MEM_PLUS(addr,offset) \
7614 gen_rtx_MEM (pmode, memory_address (pmode, plus_constant (addr, offset)))
7615
7616 /* Under AIX, just build the 3 word function descriptor */
7617 case ABI_AIX:
7618 {
7619 rtx fn_reg = gen_reg_rtx (pmode);
7620 rtx toc_reg = gen_reg_rtx (pmode);
7621 emit_move_insn (fn_reg, MEM_DEREF (fnaddr));
7622 emit_move_insn (toc_reg, MEM_PLUS (fnaddr, 4));
7623 emit_move_insn (MEM_DEREF (addr), fn_reg);
7624 emit_move_insn (MEM_PLUS (addr, regsize), toc_reg);
7625 emit_move_insn (MEM_PLUS (addr, 2*regsize), ctx_reg);
7626 }
7627 break;
7628
7629 /* Under V.4/eabi, call __trampoline_setup to do the real work. */
7630 case ABI_V4:
7631 case ABI_SOLARIS:
7632 case ABI_AIX_NODESC:
7633 emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (SImode, "__trampoline_setup"),
7634 FALSE, VOIDmode, 4,
7635 addr, pmode,
7636 GEN_INT (rs6000_trampoline_size ()), SImode,
7637 fnaddr, pmode,
7638 ctx_reg, pmode);
7639 break;
7640 }
7641
7642 return;
7643 }
7644
7645 \f
7646 /* If defined, a C expression whose value is nonzero if IDENTIFIER
7647 with arguments ARGS is a valid machine specific attribute for DECL.
7648 The attributes in ATTRIBUTES have previously been assigned to DECL. */
7649
7650 int
7651 rs6000_valid_decl_attribute_p (decl, attributes, identifier, args)
7652 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7653 tree attributes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7654 tree identifier ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7655 tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7656 {
7657 return 0;
7658 }
7659
7660 /* If defined, a C expression whose value is nonzero if IDENTIFIER
7661 with arguments ARGS is a valid machine specific attribute for TYPE.
7662 The attributes in ATTRIBUTES have previously been assigned to TYPE. */
7663
7664 int
7665 rs6000_valid_type_attribute_p (type, attributes, identifier, args)
7666 tree type;
7667 tree attributes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7668 tree identifier;
7669 tree args;
7670 {
7671 if (TREE_CODE (type) != FUNCTION_TYPE
7672 && TREE_CODE (type) != FIELD_DECL
7673 && TREE_CODE (type) != TYPE_DECL)
7674 return 0;
7675
7676 /* Longcall attribute says that the function is not within 2**26 bytes
7677 of the current function, and to do an indirect call. */
7678 if (is_attribute_p ("longcall", identifier))
7679 return (args == NULL_TREE);
7680
7681 return 0;
7682 }
7683
7684 /* If defined, a C expression whose value is zero if the attributes on
7685 TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible, one if they are compatible, and
7686 two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be
7687 generated). */
7688
7689 int
7690 rs6000_comp_type_attributes (type1, type2)
7691 tree type1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7692 tree type2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7693 {
7694 return 1;
7695 }
7696
7697 /* If defined, a C statement that assigns default attributes to newly
7698 defined TYPE. */
7699
7700 void
7701 rs6000_set_default_type_attributes (type)
7702 tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7703 {
7704 return;
7705 }
7706
7707 /* Return a reference suitable for calling a function with the
7708 longcall attribute. */
7709 struct rtx_def *
7710 rs6000_longcall_ref (call_ref)
7711 rtx call_ref;
7712 {
7713 const char *call_name;
7714 tree node;
7715
7716 if (GET_CODE (call_ref) != SYMBOL_REF)
7717 return call_ref;
7718
7719 /* System V adds '.' to the internal name, so skip them. */
7720 call_name = XSTR (call_ref, 0);
7721 if (*call_name == '.')
7722 {
7723 while (*call_name == '.')
7724 call_name++;
7725
7726 node = get_identifier (call_name);
7727 call_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (VOIDmode, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (node));
7728 }
7729
7730 return force_reg (Pmode, call_ref);
7731 }
7732
7733 \f
7734 /* A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate section
7735 for output of RTX in mode MODE. You can assume that RTX is some
7736 kind of constant in RTL. The argument MODE is redundant except in
7737 the case of a `const_int' rtx. Select the section by calling
7738 `text_section' or one of the alternatives for other sections.
7739
7740 Do not define this macro if you put all constants in the read-only
7741 data section. */
7742
7743 #ifdef USING_SVR4_H
7744
7745 void
7746 rs6000_select_rtx_section (mode, x)
7747 enum machine_mode mode;
7748 rtx x;
7749 {
7750 if (ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY_P (x, mode))
7751 toc_section ();
7752 else
7753 const_section ();
7754 }
7755
7756 /* A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate
7757 section for output of DECL. DECL is either a `VAR_DECL' node
7758 or a constant of some sort. RELOC indicates whether forming
7759 the initial value of DECL requires link-time relocations. */
7760
7761 void
7762 rs6000_select_section (decl, reloc)
7763 tree decl;
7764 int reloc;
7765 {
7766 int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
7767 int needs_sdata;
7768 int readonly;
7769 static void (* const sec_funcs[4]) PARAMS ((void)) = {
7770 &const_section,
7771 &sdata2_section,
7772 &data_section,
7773 &sdata_section
7774 };
7775
7776 needs_sdata = (size > 0
7777 && size <= g_switch_value
7778 && rs6000_sdata != SDATA_NONE
7779 && (rs6000_sdata != SDATA_DATA || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)));
7780
7781 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
7782 readonly = ! flag_writable_strings;
7783 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
7784 readonly = (! (flag_pic && reloc)
7785 && TREE_READONLY (decl)
7786 && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
7787 && DECL_INITIAL (decl)
7788 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
7789 && TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl)));
7790 else
7791 readonly = 1;
7792 if (needs_sdata && rs6000_sdata != SDATA_EABI)
7793 readonly = 0;
7794
7795 (*sec_funcs[(readonly ? 0 : 2) + (needs_sdata ? 1 : 0)])();
7796 }
7797
7798 /* A C statement to build up a unique section name, expressed as a
7799 STRING_CST node, and assign it to DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl).
7800 RELOC indicates whether the initial value of EXP requires
7801 link-time relocations. If you do not define this macro, GCC will use
7802 the symbol name prefixed by `.' as the section name. Note - this
7803 macro can now be called for unitialised data items as well as
7804 initialised data and functions. */
7805
7806 void
7807 rs6000_unique_section (decl, reloc)
7808 tree decl;
7809 int reloc;
7810 {
7811 int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
7812 int needs_sdata;
7813 int readonly;
7814 int len;
7815 int sec;
7816 const char *name;
7817 char *string;
7818 const char *prefix;
7819
7820 static const char *const prefixes[7][2] =
7821 {
7822 { ".text.", ".gnu.linkonce.t." },
7823 { ".rodata.", ".gnu.linkonce.r." },
7824 { ".sdata2.", ".gnu.linkonce.s2." },
7825 { ".data.", ".gnu.linkonce.d." },
7826 { ".sdata.", ".gnu.linkonce.s." },
7827 { ".bss.", ".gnu.linkonce.b." },
7828 { ".sbss.", ".gnu.linkonce.sb." }
7829 };
7830
7831 needs_sdata = (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
7832 && size > 0
7833 && size <= g_switch_value
7834 && rs6000_sdata != SDATA_NONE
7835 && (rs6000_sdata != SDATA_DATA || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)));
7836
7837 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
7838 readonly = ! flag_writable_strings;
7839 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
7840 readonly = (! (flag_pic && reloc)
7841 && TREE_READONLY (decl)
7842 && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
7843 && DECL_INITIAL (decl)
7844 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
7845 && TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl)));
7846 else
7847 readonly = 1;
7848 if (needs_sdata && rs6000_sdata != SDATA_EABI)
7849 readonly = 0;
7850
7851 sec = ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL ? 0 : 1)
7852 + (readonly ? 0 : 2)
7853 + (needs_sdata ? 1 : 0)
7854 + (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
7855 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node) ? 4 : 0);
7856
7857 STRIP_NAME_ENCODING (name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
7858 prefix = prefixes[sec][DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl)];
7859 len = strlen (name) + strlen (prefix);
7860 string = alloca (len + 1);
7861
7862 sprintf (string, "%s%s", prefix, name);
7863
7864 DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) = build_string (len, string);
7865 }
7866
7867 \f
7868 /* If we are referencing a function that is static or is known to be
7869 in this file, make the SYMBOL_REF special. We can use this to indicate
7870 that we can branch to this function without emitting a no-op after the
7871 call. For real AIX calling sequences, we also replace the
7872 function name with the real name (1 or 2 leading .'s), rather than
7873 the function descriptor name. This saves a lot of overriding code
7874 to read the prefixes. */
7875
7876 void
7877 rs6000_encode_section_info (decl)
7878 tree decl;
7879 {
7880 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
7881 {
7882 rtx sym_ref = XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0);
7883 if ((TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) || ! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7884 && ! DECL_WEAK (decl))
7885 SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (sym_ref) = 1;
7886
7887 if (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX)
7888 {
7889 size_t len1 = (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_AIX) ? 1 : 2;
7890 size_t len2 = strlen (XSTR (sym_ref, 0));
7891 char *str = alloca (len1 + len2 + 1);
7892 str[0] = '.';
7893 str[1] = '.';
7894 memcpy (str + len1, XSTR (sym_ref, 0), len2 + 1);
7895
7896 XSTR (sym_ref, 0) = ggc_alloc_string (str, len1 + len2);
7897 }
7898 }
7899 else if (rs6000_sdata != SDATA_NONE
7900 && (DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_V4 || DEFAULT_ABI == ABI_SOLARIS)
7901 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
7902 {
7903 int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
7904 tree section_name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
7905 const char *name = (char *)0;
7906 int len = 0;
7907
7908 if (section_name)
7909 {
7910 if (TREE_CODE (section_name) == STRING_CST)
7911 {
7912 name = TREE_STRING_POINTER (section_name);
7913 len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (section_name);
7914 }
7915 else
7916 abort ();
7917 }
7918
7919 if ((size > 0 && size <= g_switch_value)
7920 || (name
7921 && ((len == sizeof (".sdata") - 1
7922 && strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
7923 || (len == sizeof (".sdata2") - 1
7924 && strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0)
7925 || (len == sizeof (".sbss") - 1
7926 && strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
7927 || (len == sizeof (".sbss2") - 1
7928 && strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
7929 || (len == sizeof (".PPC.EMB.sdata0") - 1
7930 && strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0)
7931 || (len == sizeof (".PPC.EMB.sbss0") - 1
7932 && strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0))))
7933 {
7934 rtx sym_ref = XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0);
7935 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (sym_ref, 0));
7936 char *str = alloca (len + 2);
7937
7938 str[0] = '@';
7939 memcpy (str + 1, XSTR (sym_ref, 0), len + 1);
7940 XSTR (sym_ref, 0) = ggc_alloc_string (str, len + 1);
7941 }
7942 }
7943 }
7944
7945 #endif /* USING_SVR4_H */
7946
7947 \f
7948 /* Return a REG that occurs in ADDR with coefficient 1.
7949 ADDR can be effectively incremented by incrementing REG.
7950
7951 r0 is special and we must not select it as an address
7952 register by this routine since our caller will try to
7953 increment the returned register via an "la" instruction. */
7954
7955 struct rtx_def *
7956 find_addr_reg (addr)
7957 rtx addr;
7958 {
7959 while (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
7960 {
7961 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG
7962 && REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) != 0)
7963 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
7964 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == REG
7965 && REGNO (XEXP (addr, 1)) != 0)
7966 addr = XEXP (addr, 1);
7967 else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 0)))
7968 addr = XEXP (addr, 1);
7969 else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 1)))
7970 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
7971 else
7972 abort ();
7973 }
7974 if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG && REGNO (addr) != 0)
7975 return addr;
7976 abort ();
7977 }
7978
7979 void
7980 rs6000_fatal_bad_address (op)
7981 rtx op;
7982 {
7983 fatal_insn ("bad address", op);
7984 }
7985
7986 /* Called to register all of our global variables with the garbage
7987 collector. */
7988
7989 static void
7990 rs6000_add_gc_roots ()
7991 {
7992 ggc_add_rtx_root (&rs6000_compare_op0, 1);
7993 ggc_add_rtx_root (&rs6000_compare_op1, 1);
7994
7995 toc_hash_table = htab_create (1021, toc_hash_function, toc_hash_eq, NULL);
7996 ggc_add_root (&toc_hash_table, 1, sizeof (toc_hash_table),
7997 toc_hash_mark_table);
7998
7999 #if TARGET_MACHO
8000 machopic_add_gc_roots ();
8001 #endif
8002 }
8003
8004 #if TARGET_MACHO
8005
8006 #if 0
8007 /* Returns 1 if OP is either a symbol reference or a sum of a symbol
8008 reference and a constant. */
8009
8010 int
8011 symbolic_operand (op)
8012 register rtx op;
8013 {
8014 switch (GET_CODE (op))
8015 {
8016 case SYMBOL_REF:
8017 case LABEL_REF:
8018 return 1;
8019 case CONST:
8020 op = XEXP (op, 0);
8021 return (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF ||
8022 (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
8023 || GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == LABEL_REF)
8024 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT);
8025 default:
8026 return 0;
8027 }
8028 }
8029 #endif
8030
8031 #ifdef RS6000_LONG_BRANCH
8032
8033 static tree stub_list = 0;
8034
8035 /* ADD_COMPILER_STUB adds the compiler generated stub for handling
8036 procedure calls to the linked list. */
8037
8038 void
8039 add_compiler_stub (label_name, function_name, line_number)
8040 tree label_name;
8041 tree function_name;
8042 int line_number;
8043 {
8044 tree stub = build_tree_list (function_name, label_name);
8045 TREE_TYPE (stub) = build_int_2 (line_number, 0);
8046 TREE_CHAIN (stub) = stub_list;
8047 stub_list = stub;
8048 }
8049
8050 #define STUB_LABEL_NAME(STUB) TREE_VALUE (STUB)
8051 #define STUB_FUNCTION_NAME(STUB) TREE_PURPOSE (STUB)
8052 #define STUB_LINE_NUMBER(STUB) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_TYPE (STUB))
8053
8054 /* OUTPUT_COMPILER_STUB outputs the compiler generated stub for handling
8055 procedure calls from the linked list and initializes the linked list. */
8056
8057 void output_compiler_stub ()
8058 {
8059 char tmp_buf[256];
8060 char label_buf[256];
8061 char *label;
8062 tree tmp_stub, stub;
8063
8064 if (!flag_pic)
8065 for (stub = stub_list; stub; stub = TREE_CHAIN (stub))
8066 {
8067 fprintf (asm_out_file,
8068 "%s:\n", IDENTIFIER_POINTER(STUB_LABEL_NAME(stub)));
8069
8070 #if defined (DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO)
8071 if (write_symbols == DBX_DEBUG || write_symbols == XCOFF_DEBUG)
8072 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.stabd 68,0,%d\n", STUB_LINE_NUMBER(stub));
8073 #endif /* DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO || XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO */
8074
8075 if (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (STUB_FUNCTION_NAME (stub))[0] == '*')
8076 strcpy (label_buf,
8077 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (STUB_FUNCTION_NAME (stub))+1);
8078 else
8079 {
8080 label_buf[0] = '_';
8081 strcpy (label_buf+1,
8082 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (STUB_FUNCTION_NAME (stub)));
8083 }
8084
8085 strcpy (tmp_buf, "lis r12,hi16(");
8086 strcat (tmp_buf, label_buf);
8087 strcat (tmp_buf, ")\n\tori r12,r12,lo16(");
8088 strcat (tmp_buf, label_buf);
8089 strcat (tmp_buf, ")\n\tmtctr r12\n\tbctr");
8090 output_asm_insn (tmp_buf, 0);
8091
8092 #if defined (DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO)
8093 if (write_symbols == DBX_DEBUG || write_symbols == XCOFF_DEBUG)
8094 fprintf(asm_out_file, "\t.stabd 68,0,%d\n", STUB_LINE_NUMBER (stub));
8095 #endif /* DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO || XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO */
8096 }
8097
8098 stub_list = 0;
8099 }
8100
8101 /* NO_PREVIOUS_DEF checks in the link list whether the function name is
8102 already there or not. */
8103
8104 int no_previous_def (function_name)
8105 tree function_name;
8106 {
8107 tree stub;
8108 for (stub = stub_list; stub; stub = TREE_CHAIN (stub))
8109 if (function_name == STUB_FUNCTION_NAME (stub))
8110 return 0;
8111 return 1;
8112 }
8113
8114 /* GET_PREV_LABEL gets the label name from the previous definition of
8115 the function. */
8116
8117 tree get_prev_label (function_name)
8118 tree function_name;
8119 {
8120 tree stub;
8121 for (stub = stub_list; stub; stub = TREE_CHAIN (stub))
8122 if (function_name == STUB_FUNCTION_NAME (stub))
8123 return STUB_LABEL_NAME (stub);
8124 return 0;
8125 }
8126
8127 /* INSN is either a function call or a millicode call. It may have an
8128 unconditional jump in its delay slot.
8129
8130 CALL_DEST is the routine we are calling. */
8131
8132 char *
8133 output_call (insn, call_dest, operand_number)
8134 rtx insn;
8135 rtx call_dest;
8136 int operand_number;
8137 {
8138 static char buf[256];
8139 if (GET_CODE (call_dest) == SYMBOL_REF && TARGET_LONG_BRANCH && !flag_pic)
8140 {
8141 tree labelname;
8142 tree funname = get_identifier (XSTR (call_dest, 0));
8143
8144 if (no_previous_def (funname))
8145 {
8146 int line_number;
8147 rtx label_rtx = gen_label_rtx ();
8148 char *label_buf, temp_buf[256];
8149 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (temp_buf, "L",
8150 CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_rtx));
8151 label_buf = temp_buf[0] == '*' ? temp_buf + 1 : temp_buf;
8152 labelname = get_identifier (label_buf);
8153 for (; insn && GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE; insn = PREV_INSN (insn));
8154 if (insn)
8155 line_number = NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn);
8156 add_compiler_stub (labelname, funname, line_number);
8157 }
8158 else
8159 labelname = get_prev_label (funname);
8160
8161 sprintf (buf, "jbsr %%z%d,%.246s",
8162 operand_number, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (labelname));
8163 return buf;
8164 }
8165 else
8166 {
8167 sprintf (buf, "bl %%z%d", operand_number);
8168 return buf;
8169 }
8170 }
8171
8172 #endif /* RS6000_LONG_BRANCH */
8173
8174 #define GEN_LOCAL_LABEL_FOR_SYMBOL(BUF,SYMBOL,LENGTH,N) \
8175 do { \
8176 const char *symbol_ = (SYMBOL); \
8177 char *buffer_ = (BUF); \
8178 if (symbol_[0] == '"') \
8179 { \
8180 sprintf(buffer_, "\"L%d$%s", (N), symbol_+1); \
8181 } \
8182 else if (name_needs_quotes(symbol_)) \
8183 { \
8184 sprintf(buffer_, "\"L%d$%s\"", (N), symbol_); \
8185 } \
8186 else \
8187 { \
8188 sprintf(buffer_, "L%d$%s", (N), symbol_); \
8189 } \
8190 } while (0)
8191
8192
8193 /* Generate PIC and indirect symbol stubs. */
8194
8195 void
8196 machopic_output_stub (file, symb, stub)
8197 FILE *file;
8198 const char *symb, *stub;
8199 {
8200 unsigned int length;
8201 char *binder_name, *symbol_name, *lazy_ptr_name;
8202 char *local_label_0, *local_label_1, *local_label_2;
8203 static int label = 0;
8204
8205 label += 1;
8206
8207 length = strlen (stub);
8208 binder_name = alloca (length + 32);
8209 GEN_BINDER_NAME_FOR_STUB (binder_name, stub, length);
8210
8211 length = strlen (symb);
8212 symbol_name = alloca (length + 32);
8213 GEN_SYMBOL_NAME_FOR_SYMBOL (symbol_name, symb, length);
8214
8215 lazy_ptr_name = alloca (length + 32);
8216 GEN_LAZY_PTR_NAME_FOR_SYMBOL (lazy_ptr_name, symb, length);
8217
8218 local_label_0 = alloca (length + 32);
8219 GEN_LOCAL_LABEL_FOR_SYMBOL (local_label_0, symb, length, 0);
8220
8221 local_label_1 = alloca (length + 32);
8222 GEN_LOCAL_LABEL_FOR_SYMBOL (local_label_1, symb, length, 1);
8223
8224 local_label_2 = alloca (length + 32);
8225 GEN_LOCAL_LABEL_FOR_SYMBOL (local_label_2, symb, length, 2);
8226
8227 if (flag_pic == 2)
8228 machopic_picsymbol_stub_section ();
8229 else
8230 machopic_symbol_stub_section ();
8231
8232 fprintf (file, "%s:\n", stub);
8233 fprintf (file, "\t.indirect_symbol %s\n", symbol_name);
8234
8235 if (flag_pic == 2)
8236 {
8237 fprintf (file, "\tmflr r0\n");
8238 fprintf (file, "\tbcl 20,31,%s\n", local_label_0);
8239 fprintf (file, "%s:\n\tmflr r11\n", local_label_0);
8240 fprintf (file, "\taddis r11,r11,ha16(%s-%s)\n",
8241 lazy_ptr_name, local_label_0);
8242 fprintf (file, "\tmtlr r0\n");
8243 fprintf (file, "\tlwz r12,lo16(%s-%s)(r11)\n",
8244 lazy_ptr_name, local_label_0);
8245 fprintf (file, "\tmtctr r12\n");
8246 fprintf (file, "\taddi r11,r11,lo16(%s-%s)\n",
8247 lazy_ptr_name, local_label_0);
8248 fprintf (file, "\tbctr\n");
8249 }
8250 else
8251 fprintf (file, "non-pure not supported\n");
8252
8253 machopic_lazy_symbol_ptr_section ();
8254 fprintf (file, "%s:\n", lazy_ptr_name);
8255 fprintf (file, "\t.indirect_symbol %s\n", symbol_name);
8256 fprintf (file, "\t.long dyld_stub_binding_helper\n");
8257 }
8258
8259 /* Legitimize PIC addresses. If the address is already
8260 position-independent, we return ORIG. Newly generated
8261 position-independent addresses go into a reg. This is REG if non
8262 zero, otherwise we allocate register(s) as necessary. */
8263
8264 #define SMALL_INT(X) ((unsigned) (INTVAL(X) + 0x4000) < 0x8000)
8265
8266 rtx
8267 rs6000_machopic_legitimize_pic_address (orig, mode, reg)
8268 rtx orig;
8269 enum machine_mode mode;
8270 rtx reg;
8271 {
8272 rtx base, offset;
8273
8274 if (reg == NULL && ! reload_in_progress && ! reload_completed)
8275 reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
8276
8277 if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
8278 {
8279 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
8280 && XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)
8281 return orig;
8282
8283 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS)
8284 {
8285 base = rs6000_machopic_legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0),
8286 Pmode, reg);
8287 offset = rs6000_machopic_legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1),
8288 Pmode, reg);
8289 }
8290 else
8291 abort ();
8292
8293 if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
8294 {
8295 if (SMALL_INT (offset))
8296 return plus_constant_for_output (base, INTVAL (offset));
8297 else if (! reload_in_progress && ! reload_completed)
8298 offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
8299 else
8300 abort ();
8301 }
8302 return gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, base, offset);
8303 }
8304
8305 /* Fall back on generic machopic code. */
8306 return machopic_legitimize_pic_address (orig, mode, reg);
8307 }
8308
8309 /* This is just a placeholder to make linking work without having to
8310 add this to the generic Darwin EXTRA_SECTIONS. If -mcall-aix is
8311 ever needed for Darwin (not too likely!) this would have to get a
8312 real definition. */
8313
8314 void
8315 toc_section ()
8316 {
8317 }
8318
8319 #endif /* TARGET_MACHO */